aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/Documentation
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm185
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events62
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu605013
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D013
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D114
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D214
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts550047
-rw-r--r--Documentation/CodingStyle10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl58
-rw-r--r--Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt37
-rw-r--r--Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/acpi/scan_handlers.txt77
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm64/memory.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/atomic_ops.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cgroups/cgroup_event_listener.c110
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cgroups/memcg_test.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-system.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/kirkwood.txt27
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/psci.txt55
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-gpmc.txt84
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/prima2-clock.txt73
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/exynos/g2d.txt22
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ina209.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/max6697.txt64
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/imx-keypad.txt53
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/lpc32xx-key.txt9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/nvidia,tegra20-kbc.txt22
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/omap-keypad.txt13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tca8418_keypad.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-ns2.txt (renamed from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/leds-ns2.txt)0
-rwxr-xr-xDocumentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps6507x.txt91
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/dma-engine.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung-sdhci.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-nand.txt80
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-onenand.txt43
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt60
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra114-pinmux.txt120
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/ste,nomadik.txt140
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/qnap-poweroff.txt13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/restart-poweroff.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/srio.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/anatop-regulator.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt152
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps51632-regulator.txt27
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps62360-regulator.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nvidia,tegra20-hsuart.txt24
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4642.txt17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4271.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712.txt51
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-ac97.txt22
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt46
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,fsi.txt26
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,smdk-wm8994.txt14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.txt63
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8962.txt16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/mxs-lradc.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/arc-uart.txt26
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/efm32-uart.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt22
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt34
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/samsung-usbphy.txt55
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-phy.txt35
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb3503.txt20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/coretemp9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/ina20993
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/it8716
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/jc423
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/lm7390
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/max3444016
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/max669758
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/zl610026
-rw-r--r--Documentation/intel_txt.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/magic-number.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/memory-barriers.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/00-INDEX6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/DLINK.txt203
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlcnic2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt79
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/depca.txt92
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/ewrk3.txt46
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/filter.txt11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt19
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/multicast.txt63
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/nf_conntrack-sysctl.txt176
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/operstates.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/phy.txt11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt129
-rw-r--r--Documentation/nfc/nfc-pn544.txt84
-rw-r--r--Documentation/pinctrl.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/serial/driver44
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt126
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt46
-rw-r--r--Documentation/trace/events-power.txt27
-rw-r--r--Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt83
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt99
-rw-r--r--Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/x86/boot.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/zh_CN/CodingStyle7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt2
138 files changed, 3397 insertions, 961 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a60b45e2493b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
1What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/
2Date: April 2005
3KernelVersion: 2.6.12
4Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
5Description: The device/ directory under a specific TPM instance exposes
6 the properties of that TPM chip
7
8
9What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/active
10Date: April 2006
11KernelVersion: 2.6.17
12Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
13Description: The "active" property prints a '1' if the TPM chip is accepting
14 commands. An inactive TPM chip still contains all the state of
15 an active chip (Storage Root Key, NVRAM, etc), and can be
16 visible to the OS, but will only accept a restricted set of
17 commands. See the TPM Main Specification part 2, Structures,
18 section 17 for more information on which commands are
19 available.
20
21What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/cancel
22Date: June 2005
23KernelVersion: 2.6.13
24Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
25Description: The "cancel" property allows you to cancel the currently
26 pending TPM command. Writing any value to cancel will call the
27 TPM vendor specific cancel operation.
28
29What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/caps
30Date: April 2005
31KernelVersion: 2.6.12
32Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
33Description: The "caps" property contains TPM manufacturer and version info.
34
35 Example output:
36
37 Manufacturer: 0x53544d20
38 TCG version: 1.2
39 Firmware version: 8.16
40
41 Manufacturer is a hex dump of the 4 byte manufacturer info
42 space in a TPM. TCG version shows the TCG TPM spec level that
43 the chip supports. Firmware version is that of the chip and
44 is manufacturer specific.
45
46What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/durations
47Date: March 2011
48KernelVersion: 3.1
49Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
50Description: The "durations" property shows the 3 vendor-specific values
51 used to wait for a short, medium and long TPM command. All
52 TPM commands are categorized as short, medium or long in
53 execution time, so that the driver doesn't have to wait
54 any longer than necessary before starting to poll for a
55 result.
56
57 Example output:
58
59 3015000 4508000 180995000 [original]
60
61 Here the short, medium and long durations are displayed in
62 usecs. "[original]" indicates that the values are displayed
63 unmodified from when they were queried from the chip.
64 Durations can be modified in the case where a buggy chip
65 reports them in msec instead of usec and they need to be
66 scaled to be displayed in usecs. In this case "[adjusted]"
67 will be displayed in place of "[original]".
68
69What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/enabled
70Date: April 2006
71KernelVersion: 2.6.17
72Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
73Description: The "enabled" property prints a '1' if the TPM chip is enabled,
74 meaning that it should be visible to the OS. This property
75 may be visible but produce a '0' after some operation that
76 disables the TPM.
77
78What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/owned
79Date: April 2006
80KernelVersion: 2.6.17
81Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
82Description: The "owned" property produces a '1' if the TPM_TakeOwnership
83 ordinal has been executed successfully in the chip. A '0'
84 indicates that ownership hasn't been taken.
85
86What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/pcrs
87Date: April 2005
88KernelVersion: 2.6.12
89Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
90Description: The "pcrs" property will dump the current value of all Platform
91 Configuration Registers in the TPM. Note that since these
92 values may be constantly changing, the output is only valid
93 for a snapshot in time.
94
95 Example output:
96
97 PCR-00: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
98 PCR-01: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
99 PCR-02: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
100 PCR-03: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
101 PCR-04: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
102 ...
103
104 The number of PCRs and hex bytes needed to represent a PCR
105 value will vary depending on TPM chip version. For TPM 1.1 and
106 1.2 chips, PCRs represent SHA-1 hashes, which are 20 bytes
107 long. Use the "caps" property to determine TPM version.
108
109What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/pubek
110Date: April 2005
111KernelVersion: 2.6.12
112Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
113Description: The "pubek" property will return the TPM's public endorsement
114 key if possible. If the TPM has had ownership established and
115 is version 1.2, the pubek will not be available without the
116 owner's authorization. Since the TPM driver doesn't store any
117 secrets, it can't authorize its own request for the pubek,
118 making it unaccessible. The public endorsement key is gener-
119 ated at TPM menufacture time and exists for the life of the
120 chip.
121
122 Example output:
123
124 Algorithm: 00 00 00 01
125 Encscheme: 00 03
126 Sigscheme: 00 01
127 Parameters: 00 00 08 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 00
128 Modulus length: 256
129 Modulus:
130 B4 76 41 82 C9 20 2C 10 18 40 BC 8B E5 44 4C 6C
131 3A B2 92 0C A4 9B 2A 83 EB 5C 12 85 04 48 A0 B6
132 1E E4 81 84 CE B2 F2 45 1C F0 85 99 61 02 4D EB
133 86 C4 F7 F3 29 60 52 93 6B B2 E5 AB 8B A9 09 E3
134 D7 0E 7D CA 41 BF 43 07 65 86 3C 8C 13 7A D0 8B
135 82 5E 96 0B F8 1F 5F 34 06 DA A2 52 C1 A9 D5 26
136 0F F4 04 4B D9 3F 2D F2 AC 2F 74 64 1F 8B CD 3E
137 1E 30 38 6C 70 63 69 AB E2 50 DF 49 05 2E E1 8D
138 6F 78 44 DA 57 43 69 EE 76 6C 38 8A E9 8E A3 F0
139 A7 1F 3C A8 D0 12 15 3E CA 0E BD FA 24 CD 33 C6
140 47 AE A4 18 83 8E 22 39 75 93 86 E6 FD 66 48 B6
141 10 AD 94 14 65 F9 6A 17 78 BD 16 53 84 30 BF 70
142 E0 DC 65 FD 3C C6 B0 1E BF B9 C1 B5 6C EF B1 3A
143 F8 28 05 83 62 26 11 DC B4 6B 5A 97 FF 32 26 B6
144 F7 02 71 CF 15 AE 16 DD D1 C1 8E A8 CF 9B 50 7B
145 C3 91 FF 44 1E CF 7C 39 FE 17 77 21 20 BD CE 9B
146
147 Possible values:
148
149 Algorithm: TPM_ALG_RSA (1)
150 Encscheme: TPM_ES_RSAESPKCSv15 (2)
151 TPM_ES_RSAESOAEP_SHA1_MGF1 (3)
152 Sigscheme: TPM_SS_NONE (1)
153 Parameters, a byte string of 3 u32 values:
154 Key Length (bits): 00 00 08 00 (2048)
155 Num primes: 00 00 00 02 (2)
156 Exponent Size: 00 00 00 00 (0 means the
157 default exp)
158 Modulus Length: 256 (bytes)
159 Modulus: The 256 byte Endorsement Key modulus
160
161What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/temp_deactivated
162Date: April 2006
163KernelVersion: 2.6.17
164Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
165Description: The "temp_deactivated" property returns a '1' if the chip has
166 been temporarily dectivated, usually until the next power
167 cycle. Whether a warm boot (reboot) will clear a TPM chip
168 from a temp_deactivated state is platform specific.
169
170What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/timeouts
171Date: March 2011
172KernelVersion: 3.1
173Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
174Description: The "timeouts" property shows the 4 vendor-specific values
175 for the TPM's interface spec timeouts. The use of these
176 timeouts is defined by the TPM interface spec that the chip
177 conforms to.
178
179 Example output:
180
181 750000 750000 750000 750000 [original]
182
183 The four timeout values are shown in usecs, with a trailing
184 "[original]" or "[adjusted]" depending on whether the values
185 were scaled by the driver to be reported in usec from msecs.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
index ec0a38ef3145..f1c5cc9d17a8 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
@@ -18,17 +18,21 @@ Description:
18 rule format: action [condition ...] 18 rule format: action [condition ...]
19 19
20 action: measure | dont_measure | appraise | dont_appraise | audit 20 action: measure | dont_measure | appraise | dont_appraise | audit
21 condition:= base | lsm 21 condition:= base | lsm [option]
22 base: [[func=] [mask=] [fsmagic=] [uid=] [fowner]] 22 base: [[func=] [mask=] [fsmagic=] [fsuuid=] [uid=]
23 [fowner]]
23 lsm: [[subj_user=] [subj_role=] [subj_type=] 24 lsm: [[subj_user=] [subj_role=] [subj_type=]
24 [obj_user=] [obj_role=] [obj_type=]] 25 [obj_user=] [obj_role=] [obj_type=]]
26 option: [[appraise_type=]]
25 27
26 base: func:= [BPRM_CHECK][FILE_MMAP][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK] 28 base: func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK]
27 mask:= [MAY_READ] [MAY_WRITE] [MAY_APPEND] [MAY_EXEC] 29 mask:= [MAY_READ] [MAY_WRITE] [MAY_APPEND] [MAY_EXEC]
28 fsmagic:= hex value 30 fsmagic:= hex value
31 fsuuid:= file system UUID (e.g 8bcbe394-4f13-4144-be8e-5aa9ea2ce2f6)
29 uid:= decimal value 32 uid:= decimal value
30 fowner:=decimal value 33 fowner:=decimal value
31 lsm: are LSM specific 34 lsm: are LSM specific
35 option: appraise_type:= [imasig]
32 36
33 default policy: 37 default policy:
34 # PROC_SUPER_MAGIC 38 # PROC_SUPER_MAGIC
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
index ff1df4e3b059..5fca9f5e10a3 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
1Where: /dev/pstore/... 1Where: /sys/fs/pstore/... (or /dev/pstore/...)
2Date: March 2011 2Date: March 2011
3Kernel Version: 2.6.39 3Kernel Version: 2.6.39
4Contact: tony.luck@intel.com 4Contact: tony.luck@intel.com
@@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ Description: Generic interface to platform dependent persistent storage.
11 of the console log is captured, but other interesting 11 of the console log is captured, but other interesting
12 data can also be saved. 12 data can also be saved.
13 13
14 # mount -t pstore -o kmsg_bytes=8000 - /dev/pstore 14 # mount -t pstore -o kmsg_bytes=8000 - /sys/fs/pstore
15 15
16 $ ls -l /dev/pstore 16 $ ls -l /sys/fs/pstore/
17 total 0 17 total 0
18 -r--r--r-- 1 root root 7896 Nov 30 15:38 dmesg-erst-1 18 -r--r--r-- 1 root root 7896 Nov 30 15:38 dmesg-erst-1
19 19
@@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ Description: Generic interface to platform dependent persistent storage.
27 the file will signal to the underlying persistent storage 27 the file will signal to the underlying persistent storage
28 device that it can reclaim the space for later re-use. 28 device that it can reclaim the space for later re-use.
29 29
30 $ rm /dev/pstore/dmesg-erst-1 30 $ rm /sys/fs/pstore/dmesg-erst-1
31 31
32 The expectation is that all files in /dev/pstore 32 The expectation is that all files in /sys/fs/pstore/
33 will be saved elsewhere and erased from persistent store 33 will be saved elsewhere and erased from persistent store
34 soon after boot to free up space ready for the next 34 soon after boot to free up space ready for the next
35 catastrophe. 35 catastrophe.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0adeb524c0d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
1What: /sys/devices/cpu/events/
2 /sys/devices/cpu/events/branch-misses
3 /sys/devices/cpu/events/cache-references
4 /sys/devices/cpu/events/cache-misses
5 /sys/devices/cpu/events/stalled-cycles-frontend
6 /sys/devices/cpu/events/branch-instructions
7 /sys/devices/cpu/events/stalled-cycles-backend
8 /sys/devices/cpu/events/instructions
9 /sys/devices/cpu/events/cpu-cycles
10
11Date: 2013/01/08
12
13Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
14
15Description: Generic performance monitoring events
16
17 A collection of performance monitoring events that may be
18 supported by many/most CPUs. These events can be monitored
19 using the 'perf(1)' tool.
20
21 The contents of each file would look like:
22
23 event=0xNNNN
24
25 where 'N' is a hex digit and the number '0xNNNN' shows the
26 "raw code" for the perf event identified by the file's
27 "basename".
28
29
30What: /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_LD_MISS_L1
31 /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_LD_REF_L1
32 /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CYC
33 /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_BRU_FIN
34 /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_GCT_NOSLOT_CYC
35 /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_BRU_MPRED
36 /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_INST_CMPL
37 /sys/devices/cpu/events/PM_CMPLU_STALL
38
39Date: 2013/01/08
40
41Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
42 Linux Powerpc mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org>
43
44Description: POWER-systems specific performance monitoring events
45
46 A collection of performance monitoring events that may be
47 supported by the POWER CPU. These events can be monitored
48 using the 'perf(1)' tool.
49
50 These events may not be supported by other CPUs.
51
52 The contents of each file would look like:
53
54 event=0xNNNN
55
56 where 'N' is a hex digit and the number '0xNNNN' shows the
57 "raw code" for the perf event identified by the file's
58 "basename".
59
60 Further, multiple terms like 'event=0xNNNN' can be specified
61 and separated with comma. All available terms are defined in
62 the /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<dev>/format file.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..cb53737aacbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
1What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_gyro_matrix
2What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_matrix
3What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_matrix
4KernelVersion: 3.4.0
5Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
6Description:
7 This is mounting matrix for motion sensors. Mounting matrix
8 is a 3x3 unitary matrix. A typical mounting matrix would look like
9 [0, 1, 0; 1, 0, 0; 0, 0, -1]. Using this information, it would be
10 easy to tell the relative positions among sensors as well as their
11 positions relative to the board that holds these sensors. Identity matrix
12 [1, 0, 0; 0, 1, 0; 0, 0, 1] means sensor chip and device are perfectly
13 aligned with each other. All axes are exactly the same.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
index b6fbe514a869..c8baaf53594a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
@@ -227,3 +227,12 @@ Contact: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com>
227Description: 227Description:
228 The /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX 228 The /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX
229 is usb port device's sysfs directory. 229 is usb port device's sysfs directory.
230
231What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/connect_type
232Date: January 2013
233Contact: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com>
234Description:
235 Some platforms provide usb port connect types through ACPI.
236 This attribute is to expose these information to user space.
237 The file will read "hotplug", "wired" and "not used" if the
238 information is available, and "unknown" otherwise.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..73b77a6be196
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
1What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D0/
2Date: January 2013
3Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
4Description:
5 The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D0/ directory is only
6 present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
7 use ACPI power resources for power management.
8
9 If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
10 representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
11 the given device node to be in ACPI power state D0. The names
12 of the links are the same as the names of the directories they
13 point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..30c20703fb8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
1What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D1/
2Date: January 2013
3Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
4Description:
5 The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D1/ directory is only
6 present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
7 use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI
8 power state D1.
9
10 If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
11 representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
12 the given device node to be in ACPI power state D1. The names
13 of the links are the same as the names of the directories they
14 point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..fd9d84b421e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
1What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D2/
2Date: January 2013
3Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
4Description:
5 The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D2/ directory is only
6 present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
7 use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI
8 power state D2.
9
10 If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
11 representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
12 the given device node to be in ACPI power state D2. The names
13 of the links are the same as the names of the directories they
14 point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3df32c20addf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
1What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D3hot/
2Date: January 2013
3Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
4Description:
5 The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D3hot/ directory is only
6 present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
7 use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI
8 power state D3hot.
9
10 If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
11 representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
12 the given device node to be in ACPI power state D3hot. The
13 names of the links are the same as the names of the directories
14 they point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7ad9546748f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
1What: /sys/devices/.../power_state
2Date: January 2013
3Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
4Description:
5 The /sys/devices/.../power_state attribute is only present for
6 device objects representing ACPI device nodes that provide power
7 management methods.
8
9 If present, it contains a string representing the current ACPI
10 power state of the given device node. Its possible values,
11 "D0", "D1", "D2", "D3hot", and "D3cold", reflect the power state
12 names defined by the ACPI specification (ACPI 4 and above).
13
14 If the device node uses shared ACPI power resources, this state
15 determines a list of power resources required not to be turned
16 off. However, some power resources needed by the device node in
17 higher-power (lower-number) states may also be ON because of
18 some other devices using them at the moment.
19
20 This attribute is read-only.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8b3527c82a7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
1What: /sys/devices/.../real_power_state
2Date: January 2013
3Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
4Description:
5 The /sys/devices/.../real_power_state attribute is only present
6 for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that provide
7 power management methods and use ACPI power resources for power
8 management.
9
10 If present, it contains a string representing the real ACPI
11 power state of the given device node as returned by the _PSC
12 control method or inferred from the configuration of power
13 resources. Its possible values, "D0", "D1", "D2", "D3hot", and
14 "D3cold", reflect the power state names defined by the ACPI
15 specification (ACPI 4 and above).
16
17 In some situations the value of this attribute may be different
18 from the value of the /sys/devices/.../power_state attribute for
19 the same device object. If that happens, some shared power
20 resources used by the device node are only ON because of some
21 other devices using them at the moment.
22
23 This attribute is read-only.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b4a3bc5922a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
1What: /sys/devices/.../resource_in_use
2Date: January 2013
3Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
4Description:
5 The /sys/devices/.../resource_in_use attribute is only present
6 for device objects representing ACPI power resources.
7
8 If present, it contains a number (0 or 1) representing the
9 current status of the given power resource (0 means that the
10 resource is not in use and therefore it has been turned off).
11
12 This attribute is read-only.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c88375a537a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
1What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/adc
2Date: January 2013
3KernelVersion: 3.7
4Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com>
5Description:
6 Indicates the presence of an A/D Converter. If it is present,
7 it will display "1", otherwise "0".
8
9What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/ereset
10Date: January 2013
11KernelVersion: 3.7
12Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com>
13Description:
14 Indicates the presence of an external reset. If it is present,
15 it will display "1", otherwise "0".
16
17What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/id
18Date: January 2013
19KernelVersion: 3.7
20Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com>
21Description:
22 Product ID of the TS board. TS-5500 ID is 0x60.
23
24What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/jumpers
25Date: January 2013
26KernelVersion: 3.7
27Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com>
28Description:
29 Bitfield showing the jumpers' state. If a jumper is present,
30 the corresponding bit is set. For instance, 0x0e means jumpers
31 2, 3 and 4 are set.
32
33What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/rs485
34Date: January 2013
35KernelVersion: 3.7
36Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com>
37Description:
38 Indicates the presence of the RS485 option. If it is present,
39 it will display "1", otherwise "0".
40
41What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/sram
42Date: January 2013
43KernelVersion: 3.7
44Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com>
45Description:
46 Indicates the presence of the SRAM option. If it is present,
47 it will display "1", otherwise "0".
diff --git a/Documentation/CodingStyle b/Documentation/CodingStyle
index 495e5ba1634c..e00b8f0dde52 100644
--- a/Documentation/CodingStyle
+++ b/Documentation/CodingStyle
@@ -546,15 +546,7 @@ config AUDIT
546 logging of avc messages output). Does not do system-call 546 logging of avc messages output). Does not do system-call
547 auditing without CONFIG_AUDITSYSCALL. 547 auditing without CONFIG_AUDITSYSCALL.
548 548
549Features that might still be considered unstable should be defined as 549Seriously dangerous features (such as write support for certain
550dependent on "EXPERIMENTAL":
551
552config SLUB
553 depends on EXPERIMENTAL && !ARCH_USES_SLAB_PAGE_STRUCT
554 bool "SLUB (Unqueued Allocator)"
555 ...
556
557while seriously dangerous features (such as write support for certain
558filesystems) should advertise this prominently in their prompt string: 550filesystems) should advertise this prominently in their prompt string:
559 551
560config ADFS_FS_RW 552config ADFS_FS_RW
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl
index 42e7f030cb16..284ced7a228f 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl
@@ -107,8 +107,8 @@
107!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h key_params 107!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h key_params
108!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h survey_info_flags 108!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h survey_info_flags
109!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h survey_info 109!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h survey_info
110!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h beacon_parameters 110!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_beacon_data
111!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h plink_actions 111!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_ap_settings
112!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h station_parameters 112!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h station_parameters
113!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h station_info_flags 113!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h station_info_flags
114!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h rate_info_flags 114!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h rate_info_flags
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl
index eee71426ecb8..22e0bd1adf25 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl
@@ -1185,13 +1185,6 @@ static struct block_device_operations opt_fops = {
1185 </para> 1185 </para>
1186 1186
1187 <para> 1187 <para>
1188 You may well want to make your CONFIG option only visible if
1189 <symbol>CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL</symbol> is enabled: this serves as a
1190 warning to users. There many other fancy things you can do: see
1191 the various <filename>Kconfig</filename> files for ideas.
1192 </para>
1193
1194 <para>
1195 In your description of the option, make sure you address both the 1188 In your description of the option, make sure you address both the
1196 expert user and the user who knows nothing about your feature. Mention 1189 expert user and the user who knows nothing about your feature. Mention
1197 incompatibilities and issues here. <emphasis> Definitely 1190 incompatibilities and issues here. <emphasis> Definitely
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl
index 4ee4ba3509fc..f77358f96930 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl
@@ -94,10 +94,8 @@
94 <sect1 id="CompileKGDB"> 94 <sect1 id="CompileKGDB">
95 <title>Kernel config options for kgdb</title> 95 <title>Kernel config options for kgdb</title>
96 <para> 96 <para>
97 To enable <symbol>CONFIG_KGDB</symbol> you should first turn on 97 To enable <symbol>CONFIG_KGDB</symbol> you should look under
98 "Prompt for development and/or incomplete code/drivers" 98 "Kernel debugging" and select "KGDB: kernel debugger".
99 (CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL) in "General setup", then under the
100 "Kernel debugging" select "KGDB: kernel debugger".
101 </para> 99 </para>
102 <para> 100 <para>
103 While it is not a hard requirement that you have symbols in your 101 While it is not a hard requirement that you have symbols in your
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl
index ddb05e98af0d..95618159e29b 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl
@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ int main()
984 return errno; 984 return errno;
985 } 985 }
986 configfd = open(&quot;/sys/class/uio/uio0/device/config&quot;, O_RDWR); 986 configfd = open(&quot;/sys/class/uio/uio0/device/config&quot;, O_RDWR);
987 if (uiofd &lt; 0) { 987 if (configfd &lt; 0) {
988 perror(&quot;config open:&quot;); 988 perror(&quot;config open:&quot;);
989 return errno; 989 return errno;
990 } 990 }
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl
index fb32aead5a0b..bd6fee22c4dd 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl
@@ -871,9 +871,8 @@
871 <para> 871 <para>
872 This function itself doesn't allocate the data space. The data 872 This function itself doesn't allocate the data space. The data
873 must be allocated manually beforehand, and its pointer is passed 873 must be allocated manually beforehand, and its pointer is passed
874 as the argument. This pointer is used as the 874 as the argument. This pointer (<parameter>chip</parameter> in the
875 (<parameter>chip</parameter> identifier in the above example) 875 above example) is used as the identifier for the instance.
876 for the instance.
877 </para> 876 </para>
878 877
879 <para> 878 <para>
@@ -2304,7 +2303,7 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
2304 <constant>SNDRV_PCM_INFO_XXX</constant>. Here, at least, you 2303 <constant>SNDRV_PCM_INFO_XXX</constant>. Here, at least, you
2305 have to specify whether the mmap is supported and which 2304 have to specify whether the mmap is supported and which
2306 interleaved format is supported. 2305 interleaved format is supported.
2307 When the is supported, add the 2306 When the hardware supports mmap, add the
2308 <constant>SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP</constant> flag here. When the 2307 <constant>SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP</constant> flag here. When the
2309 hardware supports the interleaved or the non-interleaved 2308 hardware supports the interleaved or the non-interleaved
2310 formats, <constant>SNDRV_PCM_INFO_INTERLEAVED</constant> or 2309 formats, <constant>SNDRV_PCM_INFO_INTERLEAVED</constant> or
@@ -2898,7 +2897,7 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
2898 2897
2899 <para> 2898 <para>
2900 When the pcm supports the pause operation (given in the info 2899 When the pcm supports the pause operation (given in the info
2901 field of the hardware table), the <constant>PAUSE_PUSE</constant> 2900 field of the hardware table), the <constant>PAUSE_PUSH</constant>
2902 and <constant>PAUSE_RELEASE</constant> commands must be 2901 and <constant>PAUSE_RELEASE</constant> commands must be
2903 handled here, too. The former is the command to pause the pcm, 2902 handled here, too. The former is the command to pause the pcm,
2904 and the latter to restart the pcm again. 2903 and the latter to restart the pcm again.
@@ -3085,7 +3084,7 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
3085 <section id="pcm-interface-interrupt-handler-timer"> 3084 <section id="pcm-interface-interrupt-handler-timer">
3086 <title>High frequency timer interrupts</title> 3085 <title>High frequency timer interrupts</title>
3087 <para> 3086 <para>
3088 This happense when the hardware doesn't generate interrupts 3087 This happens when the hardware doesn't generate interrupts
3089 at the period boundary but issues timer interrupts at a fixed 3088 at the period boundary but issues timer interrupts at a fixed
3090 timer rate (e.g. es1968 or ymfpci drivers). 3089 timer rate (e.g. es1968 or ymfpci drivers).
3091 In this case, you need to check the current hardware 3090 In this case, you need to check the current hardware
@@ -3251,18 +3250,19 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
3251 <title>Example of Hardware Constraints for Channels</title> 3250 <title>Example of Hardware Constraints for Channels</title>
3252 <programlisting> 3251 <programlisting>
3253<![CDATA[ 3252<![CDATA[
3254 static int hw_rule_format_by_channels(struct snd_pcm_hw_params *params, 3253 static int hw_rule_channels_by_format(struct snd_pcm_hw_params *params,
3255 struct snd_pcm_hw_rule *rule) 3254 struct snd_pcm_hw_rule *rule)
3256 { 3255 {
3257 struct snd_interval *c = hw_param_interval(params, 3256 struct snd_interval *c = hw_param_interval(params,
3258 SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS); 3257 SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS);
3259 struct snd_mask *f = hw_param_mask(params, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT); 3258 struct snd_mask *f = hw_param_mask(params, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT);
3260 struct snd_mask fmt; 3259 struct snd_interval ch;
3261 3260
3262 snd_mask_any(&fmt); /* Init the struct */ 3261 snd_interval_any(&ch);
3263 if (c->min < 2) { 3262 if (f->bits[0] == SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE) {
3264 fmt.bits[0] &= SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE; 3263 ch.min = ch.max = 1;
3265 return snd_mask_refine(f, &fmt); 3264 ch.integer = 1;
3265 return snd_interval_refine(c, &ch);
3266 } 3266 }
3267 return 0; 3267 return 0;
3268 } 3268 }
@@ -3278,35 +3278,35 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
3278 <programlisting> 3278 <programlisting>
3279<![CDATA[ 3279<![CDATA[
3280 snd_pcm_hw_rule_add(substream->runtime, 0, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS, 3280 snd_pcm_hw_rule_add(substream->runtime, 0, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS,
3281 hw_rule_channels_by_format, 0, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT, 3281 hw_rule_channels_by_format, NULL,
3282 -1); 3282 SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT, -1);
3283]]> 3283]]>
3284 </programlisting> 3284 </programlisting>
3285 </informalexample> 3285 </informalexample>
3286 </para> 3286 </para>
3287 3287
3288 <para> 3288 <para>
3289 The rule function is called when an application sets the number of 3289 The rule function is called when an application sets the PCM
3290 channels. But an application can set the format before the number of 3290 format, and it refines the number of channels accordingly.
3291 channels. Thus you also need to define the inverse rule: 3291 But an application may set the number of channels before
3292 setting the format. Thus you also need to define the inverse rule:
3292 3293
3293 <example> 3294 <example>
3294 <title>Example of Hardware Constraints for Channels</title> 3295 <title>Example of Hardware Constraints for Formats</title>
3295 <programlisting> 3296 <programlisting>
3296<![CDATA[ 3297<![CDATA[
3297 static int hw_rule_channels_by_format(struct snd_pcm_hw_params *params, 3298 static int hw_rule_format_by_channels(struct snd_pcm_hw_params *params,
3298 struct snd_pcm_hw_rule *rule) 3299 struct snd_pcm_hw_rule *rule)
3299 { 3300 {
3300 struct snd_interval *c = hw_param_interval(params, 3301 struct snd_interval *c = hw_param_interval(params,
3301 SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS); 3302 SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS);
3302 struct snd_mask *f = hw_param_mask(params, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT); 3303 struct snd_mask *f = hw_param_mask(params, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT);
3303 struct snd_interval ch; 3304 struct snd_mask fmt;
3304 3305
3305 snd_interval_any(&ch); 3306 snd_mask_any(&fmt); /* Init the struct */
3306 if (f->bits[0] == SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE) { 3307 if (c->min < 2) {
3307 ch.min = ch.max = 1; 3308 fmt.bits[0] &= SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE;
3308 ch.integer = 1; 3309 return snd_mask_refine(f, &fmt);
3309 return snd_interval_refine(c, &ch);
3310 } 3310 }
3311 return 0; 3311 return 0;
3312 } 3312 }
@@ -3321,8 +3321,8 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
3321 <programlisting> 3321 <programlisting>
3322<![CDATA[ 3322<![CDATA[
3323 snd_pcm_hw_rule_add(substream->runtime, 0, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT, 3323 snd_pcm_hw_rule_add(substream->runtime, 0, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT,
3324 hw_rule_format_by_channels, 0, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS, 3324 hw_rule_format_by_channels, NULL,
3325 -1); 3325 SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS, -1);
3326]]> 3326]]>
3327 </programlisting> 3327 </programlisting>
3328 </informalexample> 3328 </informalexample>
diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt
index 53e6fca146d7..a09178086c30 100644
--- a/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt
@@ -127,15 +127,42 @@ on the number of vectors that can be allocated; pci_enable_msi_block()
127returns as soon as it finds any constraint that doesn't allow the 127returns as soon as it finds any constraint that doesn't allow the
128call to succeed. 128call to succeed.
129 129
1304.2.3 pci_disable_msi 1304.2.3 pci_enable_msi_block_auto
131
132int pci_enable_msi_block_auto(struct pci_dev *dev, unsigned int *count)
133
134This variation on pci_enable_msi() call allows a device driver to request
135the maximum possible number of MSIs. The MSI specification only allows
136interrupts to be allocated in powers of two, up to a maximum of 2^5 (32).
137
138If this function returns a positive number, it indicates that it has
139succeeded and the returned value is the number of allocated interrupts. In
140this case, the function enables MSI on this device and updates dev->irq to
141be the lowest of the new interrupts assigned to it. The other interrupts
142assigned to the device are in the range dev->irq to dev->irq + returned
143value - 1.
144
145If this function returns a negative number, it indicates an error and
146the driver should not attempt to request any more MSI interrupts for
147this device.
148
149If the device driver needs to know the number of interrupts the device
150supports it can pass the pointer count where that number is stored. The
151device driver must decide what action to take if pci_enable_msi_block_auto()
152succeeds, but returns a value less than the number of interrupts supported.
153If the device driver does not need to know the number of interrupts
154supported, it can set the pointer count to NULL.
155
1564.2.4 pci_disable_msi
131 157
132void pci_disable_msi(struct pci_dev *dev) 158void pci_disable_msi(struct pci_dev *dev)
133 159
134This function should be used to undo the effect of pci_enable_msi() or 160This function should be used to undo the effect of pci_enable_msi() or
135pci_enable_msi_block(). Calling it restores dev->irq to the pin-based 161pci_enable_msi_block() or pci_enable_msi_block_auto(). Calling it restores
136interrupt number and frees the previously allocated message signaled 162dev->irq to the pin-based interrupt number and frees the previously
137interrupt(s). The interrupt may subsequently be assigned to another 163allocated message signaled interrupt(s). The interrupt may subsequently be
138device, so drivers should not cache the value of dev->irq. 164assigned to another device, so drivers should not cache the value of
165dev->irq.
139 166
140Before calling this function, a device driver must always call free_irq() 167Before calling this function, a device driver must always call free_irq()
141on any interrupt for which it previously called request_irq(). 168on any interrupt for which it previously called request_irq().
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt b/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt
index 54469bc81b1c..94a656131885 100644
--- a/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt
+++ b/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt
@@ -63,8 +63,8 @@ from ACPI tables.
63Currently the kernel is not able to automatically determine from which ACPI 63Currently the kernel is not able to automatically determine from which ACPI
64device it should make the corresponding platform device so we need to add 64device it should make the corresponding platform device so we need to add
65the ACPI device explicitly to acpi_platform_device_ids list defined in 65the ACPI device explicitly to acpi_platform_device_ids list defined in
66drivers/acpi/scan.c. This limitation is only for the platform devices, SPI 66drivers/acpi/acpi_platform.c. This limitation is only for the platform
67and I2C devices are created automatically as described below. 67devices, SPI and I2C devices are created automatically as described below.
68 68
69SPI serial bus support 69SPI serial bus support
70~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 70~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/scan_handlers.txt b/Documentation/acpi/scan_handlers.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3246ccf15992
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/acpi/scan_handlers.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
1ACPI Scan Handlers
2
3Copyright (C) 2012, Intel Corporation
4Author: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
5
6During system initialization and ACPI-based device hot-add, the ACPI namespace
7is scanned in search of device objects that generally represent various pieces
8of hardware. This causes a struct acpi_device object to be created and
9registered with the driver core for every device object in the ACPI namespace
10and the hierarchy of those struct acpi_device objects reflects the namespace
11layout (i.e. parent device objects in the namespace are represented by parent
12struct acpi_device objects and analogously for their children). Those struct
13acpi_device objects are referred to as "device nodes" in what follows, but they
14should not be confused with struct device_node objects used by the Device Trees
15parsing code (although their role is analogous to the role of those objects).
16
17During ACPI-based device hot-remove device nodes representing pieces of hardware
18being removed are unregistered and deleted.
19
20The core ACPI namespace scanning code in drivers/acpi/scan.c carries out basic
21initialization of device nodes, such as retrieving common configuration
22information from the device objects represented by them and populating them with
23appropriate data, but some of them require additional handling after they have
24been registered. For example, if the given device node represents a PCI host
25bridge, its registration should cause the PCI bus under that bridge to be
26enumerated and PCI devices on that bus to be registered with the driver core.
27Similarly, if the device node represents a PCI interrupt link, it is necessary
28to configure that link so that the kernel can use it.
29
30Those additional configuration tasks usually depend on the type of the hardware
31component represented by the given device node which can be determined on the
32basis of the device node's hardware ID (HID). They are performed by objects
33called ACPI scan handlers represented by the following structure:
34
35struct acpi_scan_handler {
36 const struct acpi_device_id *ids;
37 struct list_head list_node;
38 int (*attach)(struct acpi_device *dev, const struct acpi_device_id *id);
39 void (*detach)(struct acpi_device *dev);
40};
41
42where ids is the list of IDs of device nodes the given handler is supposed to
43take care of, list_node is the hook to the global list of ACPI scan handlers
44maintained by the ACPI core and the .attach() and .detach() callbacks are
45executed, respectively, after registration of new device nodes and before
46unregistration of device nodes the handler attached to previously.
47
48The namespace scanning function, acpi_bus_scan(), first registers all of the
49device nodes in the given namespace scope with the driver core. Then, it tries
50to match a scan handler against each of them using the ids arrays of the
51available scan handlers. If a matching scan handler is found, its .attach()
52callback is executed for the given device node. If that callback returns 1,
53that means that the handler has claimed the device node and is now responsible
54for carrying out any additional configuration tasks related to it. It also will
55be responsible for preparing the device node for unregistration in that case.
56The device node's handler field is then populated with the address of the scan
57handler that has claimed it.
58
59If the .attach() callback returns 0, it means that the device node is not
60interesting to the given scan handler and may be matched against the next scan
61handler in the list. If it returns a (negative) error code, that means that
62the namespace scan should be terminated due to a serious error. The error code
63returned should then reflect the type of the error.
64
65The namespace trimming function, acpi_bus_trim(), first executes .detach()
66callbacks from the scan handlers of all device nodes in the given namespace
67scope (if they have scan handlers). Next, it unregisters all of the device
68nodes in that scope.
69
70ACPI scan handlers can be added to the list maintained by the ACPI core with the
71help of the acpi_scan_add_handler() function taking a pointer to the new scan
72handler as an argument. The order in which scan handlers are added to the list
73is the order in which they are matched against device nodes during namespace
74scans.
75
76All scan handles must be added to the list before acpi_bus_scan() is run for the
77first time and they cannot be removed from it.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt b/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt
index d758702fc03c..5f583af0a6e1 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt
@@ -35,6 +35,8 @@ ffffffbc00000000 ffffffbdffffffff 8GB vmemmap
35 35
36ffffffbe00000000 ffffffbffbbfffff ~8GB [guard, future vmmemap] 36ffffffbe00000000 ffffffbffbbfffff ~8GB [guard, future vmmemap]
37 37
38ffffffbffbc00000 ffffffbffbdfffff 2MB earlyprintk device
39
38ffffffbffbe00000 ffffffbffbe0ffff 64KB PCI I/O space 40ffffffbffbe00000 ffffffbffbe0ffff 64KB PCI I/O space
39 41
40ffffffbbffff0000 ffffffbcffffffff ~2MB [guard] 42ffffffbbffff0000 ffffffbcffffffff ~2MB [guard]
diff --git a/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt b/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt
index 27f2b21a9d5c..d9ca5be9b471 100644
--- a/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt
+++ b/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt
@@ -253,6 +253,8 @@ This performs an atomic exchange operation on the atomic variable v, setting
253the given new value. It returns the old value that the atomic variable v had 253the given new value. It returns the old value that the atomic variable v had
254just before the operation. 254just before the operation.
255 255
256atomic_xchg requires explicit memory barriers around the operation.
257
256 int atomic_cmpxchg(atomic_t *v, int old, int new); 258 int atomic_cmpxchg(atomic_t *v, int old, int new);
257 259
258This performs an atomic compare exchange operation on the atomic value v, 260This performs an atomic compare exchange operation on the atomic value v,
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX b/Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX
index f78b90a35ad0..f5635a09c3f6 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX
@@ -4,8 +4,6 @@ blkio-controller.txt
4 - Description for Block IO Controller, implementation and usage details. 4 - Description for Block IO Controller, implementation and usage details.
5cgroups.txt 5cgroups.txt
6 - Control Groups definition, implementation details, examples and API. 6 - Control Groups definition, implementation details, examples and API.
7cgroup_event_listener.c
8 - A user program for cgroup listener.
9cpuacct.txt 7cpuacct.txt
10 - CPU Accounting Controller; account CPU usage for groups of tasks. 8 - CPU Accounting Controller; account CPU usage for groups of tasks.
11cpusets.txt 9cpusets.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/cgroup_event_listener.c b/Documentation/cgroups/cgroup_event_listener.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e082f96dc12..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/cgroup_event_listener.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
1/*
2 * cgroup_event_listener.c - Simple listener of cgroup events
3 *
4 * Copyright (C) Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill@shutemov.name>
5 */
6
7#include <assert.h>
8#include <errno.h>
9#include <fcntl.h>
10#include <libgen.h>
11#include <limits.h>
12#include <stdio.h>
13#include <string.h>
14#include <unistd.h>
15
16#include <sys/eventfd.h>
17
18#define USAGE_STR "Usage: cgroup_event_listener <path-to-control-file> <args>\n"
19
20int main(int argc, char **argv)
21{
22 int efd = -1;
23 int cfd = -1;
24 int event_control = -1;
25 char event_control_path[PATH_MAX];
26 char line[LINE_MAX];
27 int ret;
28
29 if (argc != 3) {
30 fputs(USAGE_STR, stderr);
31 return 1;
32 }
33
34 cfd = open(argv[1], O_RDONLY);
35 if (cfd == -1) {
36 fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open %s: %s\n", argv[1],
37 strerror(errno));
38 goto out;
39 }
40
41 ret = snprintf(event_control_path, PATH_MAX, "%s/cgroup.event_control",
42 dirname(argv[1]));
43 if (ret >= PATH_MAX) {
44 fputs("Path to cgroup.event_control is too long\n", stderr);
45 goto out;
46 }
47
48 event_control = open(event_control_path, O_WRONLY);
49 if (event_control == -1) {
50 fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open %s: %s\n", event_control_path,
51 strerror(errno));
52 goto out;
53 }
54
55 efd = eventfd(0, 0);
56 if (efd == -1) {
57 perror("eventfd() failed");
58 goto out;
59 }
60
61 ret = snprintf(line, LINE_MAX, "%d %d %s", efd, cfd, argv[2]);
62 if (ret >= LINE_MAX) {
63 fputs("Arguments string is too long\n", stderr);
64 goto out;
65 }
66
67 ret = write(event_control, line, strlen(line) + 1);
68 if (ret == -1) {
69 perror("Cannot write to cgroup.event_control");
70 goto out;
71 }
72
73 while (1) {
74 uint64_t result;
75
76 ret = read(efd, &result, sizeof(result));
77 if (ret == -1) {
78 if (errno == EINTR)
79 continue;
80 perror("Cannot read from eventfd");
81 break;
82 }
83 assert(ret == sizeof(result));
84
85 ret = access(event_control_path, W_OK);
86 if ((ret == -1) && (errno == ENOENT)) {
87 puts("The cgroup seems to have removed.");
88 ret = 0;
89 break;
90 }
91
92 if (ret == -1) {
93 perror("cgroup.event_control "
94 "is not accessible any more");
95 break;
96 }
97
98 printf("%s %s: crossed\n", argv[1], argv[2]);
99 }
100
101out:
102 if (efd >= 0)
103 close(efd);
104 if (event_control >= 0)
105 close(event_control);
106 if (cfd >= 0)
107 close(cfd);
108
109 return (ret != 0);
110}
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/memcg_test.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/memcg_test.txt
index fc8fa97a09ac..ce94a83a7d9a 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/memcg_test.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/memcg_test.txt
@@ -399,8 +399,7 @@ Under below explanation, we assume CONFIG_MEM_RES_CTRL_SWAP=y.
399 399
400 9.10 Memory thresholds 400 9.10 Memory thresholds
401 Memory controller implements memory thresholds using cgroups notification 401 Memory controller implements memory thresholds using cgroups notification
402 API. You can use Documentation/cgroups/cgroup_event_listener.c to test 402 API. You can use tools/cgroup/cgroup_event_listener.c to test it.
403 it.
404 403
405 (Shell-A) Create cgroup and run event listener 404 (Shell-A) Create cgroup and run event listener
406 # mkdir /cgroup/A 405 # mkdir /cgroup/A
diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt
index c436096351f8..72f70b16d299 100644
--- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt
@@ -111,6 +111,12 @@ policy->governor must contain the "default policy" for
111For setting some of these values, the frequency table helpers might be 111For setting some of these values, the frequency table helpers might be
112helpful. See the section 2 for more information on them. 112helpful. See the section 2 for more information on them.
113 113
114SMP systems normally have same clock source for a group of cpus. For these the
115.init() would be called only once for the first online cpu. Here the .init()
116routine must initialize policy->cpus with mask of all possible cpus (Online +
117Offline) that share the clock. Then the core would copy this mask onto
118policy->related_cpus and will reset policy->cpus to carry only online cpus.
119
114 120
1151.3 verify 1211.3 verify
116------------ 122------------
diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt
index 04f6b32993e6..ff2f28332cc4 100644
--- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt
@@ -190,11 +190,11 @@ scaling_max_freq show the current "policy limits" (in
190 first set scaling_max_freq, then 190 first set scaling_max_freq, then
191 scaling_min_freq. 191 scaling_min_freq.
192 192
193affected_cpus : List of CPUs that require software coordination 193affected_cpus : List of Online CPUs that require software
194 of frequency. 194 coordination of frequency.
195 195
196related_cpus : List of CPUs that need some sort of frequency 196related_cpus : List of Online + Offline CPUs that need software
197 coordination, whether software or hardware. 197 coordination of frequency.
198 198
199scaling_driver : Hardware driver for cpufreq. 199scaling_driver : Hardware driver for cpufreq.
200 200
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-system.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-system.txt
index 07c65e3cdcbe..f4d04a067282 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-system.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-system.txt
@@ -3,9 +3,11 @@ Altera SOCFPGA System Manager
3Required properties: 3Required properties:
4- compatible : "altr,sys-mgr" 4- compatible : "altr,sys-mgr"
5- reg : Should contain 1 register ranges(address and length) 5- reg : Should contain 1 register ranges(address and length)
6- cpu1-start-addr : CPU1 start address in hex.
6 7
7Example: 8Example:
8 sysmgr@ffd08000 { 9 sysmgr@ffd08000 {
9 compatible = "altr,sys-mgr"; 10 compatible = "altr,sys-mgr";
10 reg = <0xffd08000 0x1000>; 11 reg = <0xffd08000 0x1000>;
12 cpu1-start-addr = <0xffd080c4>;
11 }; 13 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt
index 19078bf5cca8..ad031211b5b8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Required properties:
4- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-aic" 4- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-aic"
5- interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller. 5- interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller.
6- interrupt-parent: For single AIC system, it is an empty property. 6- interrupt-parent: For single AIC system, it is an empty property.
7- #interrupt-cells: The number of cells to define the interrupts. It sould be 3. 7- #interrupt-cells: The number of cells to define the interrupts. It should be 3.
8 The first cell is the IRQ number (aka "Peripheral IDentifier" on datasheet). 8 The first cell is the IRQ number (aka "Peripheral IDentifier" on datasheet).
9 The second cell is used to specify flags: 9 The second cell is used to specify flags:
10 bits[3:0] trigger type and level flags: 10 bits[3:0] trigger type and level flags:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
index 62eb8df1e08d..3dfb0c0384f5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Main node required properties:
42 42
43Optional 43Optional
44- interrupts : Interrupt source of the parent interrupt controller on 44- interrupts : Interrupt source of the parent interrupt controller on
45 secondary GICs, or VGIC maintainance interrupt on primary GIC (see 45 secondary GICs, or VGIC maintenance interrupt on primary GIC (see
46 below). 46 below).
47 47
48- cpu-offset : per-cpu offset within the distributor and cpu interface 48- cpu-offset : per-cpu offset within the distributor and cpu interface
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Required properties:
74 virtual interface control register base and size. The 2nd additional 74 virtual interface control register base and size. The 2nd additional
75 region is the GIC virtual cpu interface register base and size. 75 region is the GIC virtual cpu interface register base and size.
76 76
77- interrupts : VGIC maintainance interrupt. 77- interrupts : VGIC maintenance interrupt.
78 78
79Example: 79Example:
80 80
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/kirkwood.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/kirkwood.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..98cce9a653eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/kirkwood.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
1Marvell Kirkwood Platforms Device Tree Bindings
2-----------------------------------------------
3
4Boards with a SoC of the Marvell Kirkwood
5shall have the following property:
6
7Required root node property:
8
9compatible: must contain "marvell,kirkwood";
10
11In order to support the kirkwood cpufreq driver, there must be a node
12cpus/cpu@0 with three clocks, "cpu_clk", "ddrclk" and "powersave",
13where the "powersave" clock is a gating clock used to switch the CPU
14between the "cpu_clk" and the "ddrclk".
15
16Example:
17
18 cpus {
19 #address-cells = <1>;
20 #size-cells = <0>;
21
22 cpu@0 {
23 device_type = "cpu";
24 compatible = "marvell,sheeva-88SV131";
25 clocks = <&core_clk 1>, <&core_clk 3>, <&gate_clk 11>;
26 clock-names = "cpu_clk", "ddrclk", "powersave";
27 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
index d0051a750587..f8288ea1b530 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
@@ -39,16 +39,16 @@ Boards:
39- OMAP3 Tobi with Overo : Commercial expansion board with daughter board 39- OMAP3 Tobi with Overo : Commercial expansion board with daughter board
40 compatible = "ti,omap3-tobi", "ti,omap3-overo", "ti,omap3" 40 compatible = "ti,omap3-tobi", "ti,omap3-overo", "ti,omap3"
41 41
42- OMAP4 SDP : Software Developement Board 42- OMAP4 SDP : Software Development Board
43 compatible = "ti,omap4-sdp", "ti,omap4430" 43 compatible = "ti,omap4-sdp", "ti,omap4430"
44 44
45- OMAP4 PandaBoard : Low cost community board 45- OMAP4 PandaBoard : Low cost community board
46 compatible = "ti,omap4-panda", "ti,omap4430" 46 compatible = "ti,omap4-panda", "ti,omap4430"
47 47
48- OMAP3 EVM : Software Developement Board for OMAP35x, AM/DM37x 48- OMAP3 EVM : Software Development Board for OMAP35x, AM/DM37x
49 compatible = "ti,omap3-evm", "ti,omap3" 49 compatible = "ti,omap3-evm", "ti,omap3"
50 50
51- AM335X EVM : Software Developement Board for AM335x 51- AM335X EVM : Software Development Board for AM335x
52 compatible = "ti,am335x-evm", "ti,am33xx", "ti,omap3" 52 compatible = "ti,am335x-evm", "ti,am33xx", "ti,omap3"
53 53
54- AM335X Bone : Low cost community board 54- AM335X Bone : Low cost community board
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/psci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/psci.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..433afe9cb590
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/psci.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
1* Power State Coordination Interface (PSCI)
2
3Firmware implementing the PSCI functions described in ARM document number
4ARM DEN 0022A ("Power State Coordination Interface System Software on ARM
5processors") can be used by Linux to initiate various CPU-centric power
6operations.
7
8Issue A of the specification describes functions for CPU suspend, hotplug
9and migration of secure software.
10
11Functions are invoked by trapping to the privilege level of the PSCI
12firmware (specified as part of the binding below) and passing arguments
13in a manner similar to that specified by AAPCS:
14
15 r0 => 32-bit Function ID / return value
16 {r1 - r3} => Parameters
17
18Note that the immediate field of the trapping instruction must be set
19to #0.
20
21
22Main node required properties:
23
24 - compatible : Must be "arm,psci"
25
26 - method : The method of calling the PSCI firmware. Permitted
27 values are:
28
29 "smc" : SMC #0, with the register assignments specified
30 in this binding.
31
32 "hvc" : HVC #0, with the register assignments specified
33 in this binding.
34
35Main node optional properties:
36
37 - cpu_suspend : Function ID for CPU_SUSPEND operation
38
39 - cpu_off : Function ID for CPU_OFF operation
40
41 - cpu_on : Function ID for CPU_ON operation
42
43 - migrate : Function ID for MIGRATE operation
44
45
46Example:
47
48 psci {
49 compatible = "arm,psci";
50 method = "smc";
51 cpu_suspend = <0x95c10000>;
52 cpu_off = <0x95c10001>;
53 cpu_on = <0x95c10002>;
54 migrate = <0x95c10003>;
55 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-gpmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-gpmc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5ddb2e9efaaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-gpmc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
1Device tree bindings for OMAP general purpose memory controllers (GPMC)
2
3The actual devices are instantiated from the child nodes of a GPMC node.
4
5Required properties:
6
7 - compatible: Should be set to one of the following:
8
9 ti,omap2420-gpmc (omap2420)
10 ti,omap2430-gpmc (omap2430)
11 ti,omap3430-gpmc (omap3430 & omap3630)
12 ti,omap4430-gpmc (omap4430 & omap4460 & omap543x)
13 ti,am3352-gpmc (am335x devices)
14
15 - reg: A resource specifier for the register space
16 (see the example below)
17 - ti,hwmods: Should be set to "ti,gpmc" until the DT transition is
18 completed.
19 - #address-cells: Must be set to 2 to allow memory address translation
20 - #size-cells: Must be set to 1 to allow CS address passing
21 - gpmc,num-cs: The maximum number of chip-select lines that controller
22 can support.
23 - gpmc,num-waitpins: The maximum number of wait pins that controller can
24 support.
25 - ranges: Must be set up to reflect the memory layout with four
26 integer values for each chip-select line in use:
27
28 <cs-number> 0 <physical address of mapping> <size>
29
30 Currently, calculated values derived from the contents
31 of the per-CS register GPMC_CONFIG7 (as set up by the
32 bootloader) are used for the physical address decoding.
33 As this will change in the future, filling correct
34 values here is a requirement.
35
36Timing properties for child nodes. All are optional and default to 0.
37
38 - gpmc,sync-clk: Minimum clock period for synchronous mode, in picoseconds
39
40 Chip-select signal timings corresponding to GPMC_CONFIG2:
41 - gpmc,cs-on: Assertion time
42 - gpmc,cs-rd-off: Read deassertion time
43 - gpmc,cs-wr-off: Write deassertion time
44
45 ADV signal timings corresponding to GPMC_CONFIG3:
46 - gpmc,adv-on: Assertion time
47 - gpmc,adv-rd-off: Read deassertion time
48 - gpmc,adv-wr-off: Write deassertion time
49
50 WE signals timings corresponding to GPMC_CONFIG4:
51 - gpmc,we-on: Assertion time
52 - gpmc,we-off: Deassertion time
53
54 OE signals timings corresponding to GPMC_CONFIG4:
55 - gpmc,oe-on: Assertion time
56 - gpmc,oe-off: Deassertion time
57
58 Access time and cycle time timings corresponding to GPMC_CONFIG5:
59 - gpmc,page-burst-access: Multiple access word delay
60 - gpmc,access: Start-cycle to first data valid delay
61 - gpmc,rd-cycle: Total read cycle time
62 - gpmc,wr-cycle: Total write cycle time
63
64The following are only applicable to OMAP3+ and AM335x:
65 - gpmc,wr-access
66 - gpmc,wr-data-mux-bus
67
68
69Example for an AM33xx board:
70
71 gpmc: gpmc@50000000 {
72 compatible = "ti,am3352-gpmc";
73 ti,hwmods = "gpmc";
74 reg = <0x50000000 0x2000>;
75 interrupts = <100>;
76
77 gpmc,num-cs = <8>;
78 gpmc,num-waitpins = <2>;
79 #address-cells = <2>;
80 #size-cells = <1>;
81 ranges = <0 0 0x08000000 0x10000000>; /* CS0 @addr 0x8000000, size 0x10000000 */
82
83 /* child nodes go here */
84 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt
index 7337005ef5e1..cffc93d97f54 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ ID Clock Peripheral
8916 xor1 XOR DMA 1 8916 xor1 XOR DMA 1
9017 crypto CESA engine 9017 crypto CESA engine
9118 pex1 PCIe Cntrl 1 9118 pex1 PCIe Cntrl 1
9219 ge1 Gigabit Ethernet 0 9219 ge1 Gigabit Ethernet 1
9320 tdm Time Division Mplx 9320 tdm Time Division Mplx
94 94
95Required properties: 95Required properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/prima2-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/prima2-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5016979c0f78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/prima2-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
1* Clock bindings for CSR SiRFprimaII
2
3Required properties:
4- compatible: Should be "sirf,prima2-clkc"
5- reg: Address and length of the register set
6- interrupts: Should contain clock controller interrupt
7- #clock-cells: Should be <1>
8
9The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock
10ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. The following is a full list of prima2
11clocks and IDs.
12
13 Clock ID
14 ---------------------------
15 rtc 0
16 osc 1
17 pll1 2
18 pll2 3
19 pll3 4
20 mem 5
21 sys 6
22 security 7
23 dsp 8
24 gps 9
25 mf 10
26 io 11
27 cpu 12
28 uart0 13
29 uart1 14
30 uart2 15
31 tsc 16
32 i2c0 17
33 i2c1 18
34 spi0 19
35 spi1 20
36 pwmc 21
37 efuse 22
38 pulse 23
39 dmac0 24
40 dmac1 25
41 nand 26
42 audio 27
43 usp0 28
44 usp1 29
45 usp2 30
46 vip 31
47 gfx 32
48 mm 33
49 lcd 34
50 vpp 35
51 mmc01 36
52 mmc23 37
53 mmc45 38
54 usbpll 39
55 usb0 40
56 usb1 41
57
58Examples:
59
60clks: clock-controller@88000000 {
61 compatible = "sirf,prima2-clkc";
62 reg = <0x88000000 0x1000>;
63 interrupts = <3>;
64 #clock-cells = <1>;
65};
66
67i2c0: i2c@b00e0000 {
68 cell-index = <0>;
69 compatible = "sirf,prima2-i2c";
70 reg = <0xb00e0000 0x10000>;
71 interrupts = <24>;
72 clocks = <&clks 17>;
73};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/exynos/g2d.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/exynos/g2d.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1eb124d35a99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/exynos/g2d.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
1Samsung 2D Graphic Accelerator using DRM frame work
2
3Samsung FIMG2D is a graphics 2D accelerator which supports Bit Block Transfer.
4We set the drawing-context registers for configuring rendering parameters and
5then start rendering.
6This driver is for SOCs which contain G2D IPs with version 4.1.
7
8Required properties:
9 -compatible:
10 should be "samsung,exynos-g2d-41".
11 -reg:
12 physical base address of the controller and length
13 of memory mapped region.
14 -interrupts:
15 interrupt combiner values.
16
17Example:
18 g2d {
19 compatible = "samsung,exynos-g2d-41";
20 reg = <0x10850000 0x1000>;
21 interrupts = <0 91 0>;
22 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ina209.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ina209.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9dd2bee80840
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ina209.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
1ina209 properties
2
3Required properties:
4- compatible: Must be "ti,ina209"
5- reg: I2C address
6
7Optional properties:
8
9- shunt-resistor
10 Shunt resistor value in micro-Ohm
11
12Example:
13
14temp-sensor@4c {
15 compatible = "ti,ina209";
16 reg = <0x4c>;
17 shunt-resistor = <5000>;
18};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/max6697.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/max6697.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5f793998e4a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/max6697.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
1max6697 properties
2
3Required properties:
4- compatible:
5 Should be one of
6 maxim,max6581
7 maxim,max6602
8 maxim,max6622
9 maxim,max6636
10 maxim,max6689
11 maxim,max6693
12 maxim,max6694
13 maxim,max6697
14 maxim,max6698
15 maxim,max6699
16- reg: I2C address
17
18Optional properties:
19
20- smbus-timeout-disable
21 Set to disable SMBus timeout. If not specified, SMBus timeout will be
22 enabled.
23- extended-range-enable
24 Only valid for MAX6581. Set to enable extended temperature range.
25 Extended temperature will be disabled if not specified.
26- beta-compensation-enable
27 Only valid for MAX6693 and MX6694. Set to enable beta compensation on
28 remote temperature channel 1.
29 Beta compensation will be disabled if not specified.
30- alert-mask
31 Alert bit mask. Alert disabled for bits set.
32 Select bit 0 for local temperature, bit 1..7 for remote temperatures.
33 If not specified, alert will be enabled for all channels.
34- over-temperature-mask
35 Over-temperature bit mask. Over-temperature reporting disabled for
36 bits set.
37 Select bit 0 for local temperature, bit 1..7 for remote temperatures.
38 If not specified, over-temperature reporting will be enabled for all
39 channels.
40- resistance-cancellation
41 Boolean for all chips other than MAX6581. Set to enable resistance
42 cancellation on remote temperature channel 1.
43 For MAX6581, resistance cancellation enabled for all channels if
44 specified as boolean, otherwise as per bit mask specified.
45 Only supported for remote temperatures (bit 1..7).
46 If not specified, resistance cancellation will be disabled for all
47 channels.
48- transistor-ideality
49 For MAX6581 only. Two values; first is bit mask, second is ideality
50 select value as per MAX6581 data sheet. Select bit 1..7 for remote
51 channels.
52 Transistor ideality will be initialized to default (1.008) if not
53 specified.
54
55Example:
56
57temp-sensor@1a {
58 compatible = "maxim,max6697";
59 reg = <0x1a>;
60 smbus-timeout-disable;
61 resistance-cancellation;
62 alert-mask = <0x72>;
63 over-temperature-mask = <0x7f>;
64};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/imx-keypad.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/imx-keypad.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2ebaf7d26843
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/imx-keypad.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
1* Freescale i.MX Keypad Port(KPP) device tree bindings
2
3The KPP is designed to interface with a keypad matrix with 2-point contact
4or 3-point contact keys. The KPP is designed to simplify the software task
5of scanning a keypad matrix. The KPP is capable of detecting, debouncing,
6and decoding one or multiple keys pressed simultaneously on a keypad.
7
8Required SoC Specific Properties:
9- compatible: Should be "fsl,<soc>-kpp".
10
11- reg: Physical base address of the KPP and length of memory mapped
12 region.
13
14- interrupts: The KPP interrupt number to the CPU(s).
15
16- clocks: The clock provided by the SoC to the KPP. Some SoCs use dummy
17clock(The clock for the KPP is provided by the SoCs automatically).
18
19Required Board Specific Properties:
20- pinctrl-names: The definition can be found at
21pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt.
22
23- pinctrl-0: The definition can be found at
24pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt.
25
26- linux,keymap: The definition can be found at
27bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt.
28
29Example:
30kpp: kpp@73f94000 {
31 compatible = "fsl,imx51-kpp", "fsl,imx21-kpp";
32 reg = <0x73f94000 0x4000>;
33 interrupts = <60>;
34 clocks = <&clks 0>;
35 pinctrl-names = "default";
36 pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_kpp_1>;
37 linux,keymap = <0x00000067 /* KEY_UP */
38 0x0001006c /* KEY_DOWN */
39 0x00020072 /* KEY_VOLUMEDOWN */
40 0x00030066 /* KEY_HOME */
41 0x0100006a /* KEY_RIGHT */
42 0x01010069 /* KEY_LEFT */
43 0x0102001c /* KEY_ENTER */
44 0x01030073 /* KEY_VOLUMEUP */
45 0x02000040 /* KEY_F6 */
46 0x02010042 /* KEY_F8 */
47 0x02020043 /* KEY_F9 */
48 0x02030044 /* KEY_F10 */
49 0x0300003b /* KEY_F1 */
50 0x0301003c /* KEY_F2 */
51 0x0302003d /* KEY_F3 */
52 0x03030074>; /* KEY_POWER */
53};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/lpc32xx-key.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/lpc32xx-key.txt
index 31afd5014c48..bcf62f856358 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/lpc32xx-key.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/lpc32xx-key.txt
@@ -1,19 +1,22 @@
1NXP LPC32xx Key Scan Interface 1NXP LPC32xx Key Scan Interface
2 2
3This binding is based on the matrix-keymap binding with the following
4changes:
5
3Required Properties: 6Required Properties:
4- compatible: Should be "nxp,lpc3220-key" 7- compatible: Should be "nxp,lpc3220-key"
5- reg: Physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped 8- reg: Physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
6 region. 9 region.
7- interrupts: The interrupt number to the cpu. 10- interrupts: The interrupt number to the cpu.
8- keypad,num-rows: Number of rows and columns, e.g. 1: 1x1, 6: 6x6
9- keypad,num-columns: Must be equal to keypad,num-rows since LPC32xx only
10 supports square matrices
11- nxp,debounce-delay-ms: Debounce delay in ms 11- nxp,debounce-delay-ms: Debounce delay in ms
12- nxp,scan-delay-ms: Repeated scan period in ms 12- nxp,scan-delay-ms: Repeated scan period in ms
13- linux,keymap: the key-code to be reported when the key is pressed 13- linux,keymap: the key-code to be reported when the key is pressed
14 and released, see also 14 and released, see also
15 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt 15 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt
16 16
17Note: keypad,num-rows and keypad,num-columns are required, and must be equal
18since LPC32xx only supports square matrices
19
17Example: 20Example:
18 21
19 key@40050000 { 22 key@40050000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt
index 3cd8b98ccd2d..c54919fad17e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,12 @@ Required properties:
9 row << 24 | column << 16 | key-code 9 row << 24 | column << 16 | key-code
10 10
11Optional properties: 11Optional properties:
12Properties for the number of rows and columns are optional because some
13drivers will use fixed values for these.
14- keypad,num-rows: Number of row lines connected to the keypad controller.
15- keypad,num-columns: Number of column lines connected to the keypad
16 controller.
17
12Some users of this binding might choose to specify secondary keymaps for 18Some users of this binding might choose to specify secondary keymaps for
13cases where there is a modifier key such as a Fn key. Proposed names 19cases where there is a modifier key such as a Fn key. Proposed names
14for said properties are "linux,fn-keymap" or with another descriptive 20for said properties are "linux,fn-keymap" or with another descriptive
@@ -17,3 +23,5 @@ word for the modifier other from "Fn".
17Example: 23Example:
18 linux,keymap = < 0x00030012 24 linux,keymap = < 0x00030012
19 0x0102003a >; 25 0x0102003a >;
26 keypad,num-rows = <2>;
27 keypad,num-columns = <8>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/nvidia,tegra20-kbc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/nvidia,tegra20-kbc.txt
index 72683be6de35..2995fae7ee47 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/nvidia,tegra20-kbc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/nvidia,tegra20-kbc.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,18 @@
1* Tegra keyboard controller 1* Tegra keyboard controller
2The key controller has maximum 24 pins to make matrix keypad. Any pin
3can be configured as row or column. The maximum column pin can be 8
4and maximum row pins can be 16 for Tegra20/Tegra30.
2 5
3Required properties: 6Required properties:
4- compatible: "nvidia,tegra20-kbc" 7- compatible: "nvidia,tegra20-kbc"
8- reg: Register base address of KBC.
9- interrupts: Interrupt number for the KBC.
10- nvidia,kbc-row-pins: The KBC pins which are configured as row. This is an
11 array of pin numbers which is used as rows.
12- nvidia,kbc-col-pins: The KBC pins which are configured as column. This is an
13 array of pin numbers which is used as column.
14- linux,keymap: The keymap for keys as described in the binding document
15 devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt.
5 16
6Optional properties, in addition to those specified by the shared 17Optional properties, in addition to those specified by the shared
7matrix-keyboard bindings: 18matrix-keyboard bindings:
@@ -19,5 +30,16 @@ Example:
19keyboard: keyboard { 30keyboard: keyboard {
20 compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-kbc"; 31 compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-kbc";
21 reg = <0x7000e200 0x100>; 32 reg = <0x7000e200 0x100>;
33 interrupts = <0 85 0x04>;
22 nvidia,ghost-filter; 34 nvidia,ghost-filter;
35 nvidia,debounce-delay-ms = <640>;
36 nvidia,kbc-row-pins = <0 1 2>; /* pin 0, 1, 2 as rows */
37 nvidia,kbc-col-pins = <11 12 13>; /* pin 11, 12, 13 as columns */
38 linux,keymap = <0x00000074
39 0x00010067
40 0x00020066
41 0x01010068
42 0x02000069
43 0x02010070
44 0x02020071>;
23}; 45};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/omap-keypad.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/omap-keypad.txt
index f2fa5e10493d..34ed1c60ff95 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/omap-keypad.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/omap-keypad.txt
@@ -6,19 +6,16 @@ A key can be placed at each intersection of a unique row and a unique column.
6The keypad controller can sense a key-press and key-release and report the 6The keypad controller can sense a key-press and key-release and report the
7event using a interrupt to the cpu. 7event using a interrupt to the cpu.
8 8
9This binding is based on the matrix-keymap binding with the following
10changes:
11
12keypad,num-rows and keypad,num-columns are required.
13
9Required SoC Specific Properties: 14Required SoC Specific Properties:
10- compatible: should be one of the following 15- compatible: should be one of the following
11 - "ti,omap4-keypad": For controllers compatible with omap4 keypad 16 - "ti,omap4-keypad": For controllers compatible with omap4 keypad
12 controller. 17 controller.
13 18
14Required Board Specific Properties, in addition to those specified by
15the shared matrix-keyboard bindings:
16- keypad,num-rows: Number of row lines connected to the keypad
17 controller.
18
19- keypad,num-columns: Number of column lines connected to the
20 keypad controller.
21
22Optional Properties specific to linux: 19Optional Properties specific to linux:
23- linux,keypad-no-autorepeat: do no enable autorepeat feature. 20- linux,keypad-no-autorepeat: do no enable autorepeat feature.
24 21
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tca8418_keypad.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tca8418_keypad.txt
index 2a1538f0053f..255185009167 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tca8418_keypad.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tca8418_keypad.txt
@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
1This binding is based on the matrix-keymap binding with the following
2changes:
3
4keypad,num-rows and keypad,num-columns are required.
1 5
2Required properties: 6Required properties:
3- compatible: "ti,tca8418" 7- compatible: "ti,tca8418"
4- reg: the I2C address 8- reg: the I2C address
5- interrupts: IRQ line number, should trigger on falling edge 9- interrupts: IRQ line number, should trigger on falling edge
6- keypad,num-rows: The number of rows
7- keypad,num-columns: The number of columns
8- linux,keymap: Keys definitions, see keypad-matrix. 10- linux,keymap: Keys definitions, see keypad-matrix.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/leds-ns2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-ns2.txt
index aef3aca34d2d..aef3aca34d2d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/leds-ns2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-ns2.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps6507x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps6507x.txt
new file mode 100755
index 000000000000..8fffa3c5ed40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps6507x.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
1TPS6507x Power Management Integrated Circuit
2
3Required properties:
4- compatible: "ti,tps6507x"
5- reg: I2C slave address
6- regulators: This is the list of child nodes that specify the regulator
7 initialization data for defined regulators. Not all regulators for the
8 given device need to be present. The definition for each of these nodes
9 is defined using the standard binding for regulators found at
10 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt.
11 The regulator is matched with the regulator-compatible.
12
13 The valid regulator-compatible values are:
14 tps6507x: vdcdc1, vdcdc2, vdcdc3, vldo1, vldo2
15- xxx-supply: Input voltage supply regulator.
16 These entries are required if regulators are enabled for a device.
17 Missing of these properties can cause the regulator registration
18 fails.
19 If some of input supply is powered through battery or always-on
20 supply then also it is require to have these parameters with proper
21 node handle of always on power supply.
22 tps6507x:
23 vindcdc1_2-supply: VDCDC1 and VDCDC2 input.
24 vindcdc3-supply : VDCDC3 input.
25 vldo1_2-supply : VLDO1 and VLDO2 input.
26
27Regulator Optional properties:
28- defdcdc_default: It's property of DCDC2 and DCDC3 regulators.
29 0: If defdcdc pin of DCDC2/DCDC3 is pulled to GND.
30 1: If defdcdc pin of DCDC2/DCDC3 is driven HIGH.
31 If this property is not defined, it defaults to 0 (not enabled).
32
33Example:
34
35 pmu: tps6507x@48 {
36 compatible = "ti,tps6507x";
37 reg = <0x48>;
38
39 vindcdc1_2-supply = <&vbat>;
40 vindcdc3-supply = <...>;
41 vinldo1_2-supply = <...>;
42
43 regulators {
44 #address-cells = <1>;
45 #size-cells = <0>;
46
47 vdcdc1_reg: regulator@0 {
48 regulator-compatible = "VDCDC1";
49 reg = <0>;
50 regulator-min-microvolt = <3150000>;
51 regulator-max-microvolt = <3450000>;
52 regulator-always-on;
53 regulator-boot-on;
54 };
55 vdcdc2_reg: regulator@1 {
56 regulator-compatible = "VDCDC2";
57 reg = <1>;
58 regulator-min-microvolt = <1710000>;
59 regulator-max-microvolt = <3450000>;
60 regulator-always-on;
61 regulator-boot-on;
62 defdcdc_default = <1>;
63 };
64 vdcdc3_reg: regulator@2 {
65 regulator-compatible = "VDCDC3";
66 reg = <2>;
67 regulator-min-microvolt = <950000>
68 regulator-max-microvolt = <1350000>;
69 regulator-always-on;
70 regulator-boot-on;
71 defdcdc_default = <1>;
72 };
73 ldo1_reg: regulator@3 {
74 regulator-compatible = "LDO1";
75 reg = <3>;
76 regulator-min-microvolt = <1710000>;
77 regulator-max-microvolt = <1890000>;
78 regulator-always-on;
79 regulator-boot-on;
80 };
81 ldo2_reg: regulator@4 {
82 regulator-compatible = "LDO2";
83 reg = <4>;
84 regulator-min-microvolt = <1140000>;
85 regulator-max-microvolt = <1320000>;
86 regulator-always-on;
87 regulator-boot-on;
88 };
89 };
90
91 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/dma-engine.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/dma-engine.txt
index cb4291e3b1d1..a5bdff400002 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/dma-engine.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/dma-engine.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
1* DMA Engine. 1* DMA Engine.
2 2
3The Octeon DMA Engine transfers between the Boot Bus and main memory. 3The Octeon DMA Engine transfers between the Boot Bus and main memory.
4The DMA Engine will be refered to by phandle by any device that is 4The DMA Engine will be referred to by phandle by any device that is
5connected to it. 5connected to it.
6 6
7Properties: 7Properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt
index 792768953330..6d1c0988cfc7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt
@@ -4,18 +4,18 @@
4The Synopsis designware mobile storage host controller is used to interface 4The Synopsis designware mobile storage host controller is used to interface
5a SoC with storage medium such as eMMC or SD/MMC cards. This file documents 5a SoC with storage medium such as eMMC or SD/MMC cards. This file documents
6differences between the core Synopsis dw mshc controller properties described 6differences between the core Synopsis dw mshc controller properties described
7by synposis-dw-mshc.txt and the properties used by the Samsung Exynos specific 7by synopsis-dw-mshc.txt and the properties used by the Samsung Exynos specific
8extensions to the Synopsis Designware Mobile Storage Host Controller. 8extensions to the Synopsis Designware Mobile Storage Host Controller.
9 9
10Required Properties: 10Required Properties:
11 11
12* compatible: should be 12* compatible: should be
13 - "samsung,exynos4210-dw-mshc": for controllers with Samsung Exynos4210 13 - "samsung,exynos4210-dw-mshc": for controllers with Samsung Exynos4210
14 specific extentions. 14 specific extensions.
15 - "samsung,exynos4412-dw-mshc": for controllers with Samsung Exynos4412 15 - "samsung,exynos4412-dw-mshc": for controllers with Samsung Exynos4412
16 specific extentions. 16 specific extensions.
17 - "samsung,exynos5250-dw-mshc": for controllers with Samsung Exynos5250 17 - "samsung,exynos5250-dw-mshc": for controllers with Samsung Exynos5250
18 specific extentions. 18 specific extensions.
19 19
20* samsung,dw-mshc-ciu-div: Specifies the divider value for the card interface 20* samsung,dw-mshc-ciu-div: Specifies the divider value for the card interface
21 unit (ciu) clock. This property is applicable only for Exynos5 SoC's and 21 unit (ciu) clock. This property is applicable only for Exynos5 SoC's and
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung-sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung-sdhci.txt
index 97e9e315400d..3b3a1ee055ff 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung-sdhci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung-sdhci.txt
@@ -55,5 +55,5 @@ Example:
55 }; 55 };
56 56
57 Note: This example shows both SoC specific and board specific properties 57 Note: This example shows both SoC specific and board specific properties
58 in a single device node. The properties can be actually be seperated 58 in a single device node. The properties can be actually be separated
59 into SoC specific node and board specific node. 59 into SoC specific node and board specific node.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-nand.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e7f8d7ed47eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-nand.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
1Device tree bindings for GPMC connected NANDs
2
3GPMC connected NAND (found on OMAP boards) are represented as child nodes of
4the GPMC controller with a name of "nand".
5
6All timing relevant properties as well as generic gpmc child properties are
7explained in a separate documents - please refer to
8Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-gpmc.txt
9
10For NAND specific properties such as ECC modes or bus width, please refer to
11Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt
12
13
14Required properties:
15
16 - reg: The CS line the peripheral is connected to
17
18Optional properties:
19
20 - nand-bus-width: Set this numeric value to 16 if the hardware
21 is wired that way. If not specified, a bus
22 width of 8 is assumed.
23
24 - ti,nand-ecc-opt: A string setting the ECC layout to use. One of:
25
26 "sw" Software method (default)
27 "hw" Hardware method
28 "hw-romcode" gpmc hamming mode method & romcode layout
29 "bch4" 4-bit BCH ecc code
30 "bch8" 8-bit BCH ecc code
31
32 - elm_id: Specifies elm device node. This is required to support BCH
33 error correction using ELM module.
34
35For inline partiton table parsing (optional):
36
37 - #address-cells: should be set to 1
38 - #size-cells: should be set to 1
39
40Example for an AM33xx board:
41
42 gpmc: gpmc@50000000 {
43 compatible = "ti,am3352-gpmc";
44 ti,hwmods = "gpmc";
45 reg = <0x50000000 0x1000000>;
46 interrupts = <100>;
47 gpmc,num-cs = <8>;
48 gpmc,num-waitpins = <2>;
49 #address-cells = <2>;
50 #size-cells = <1>;
51 ranges = <0 0 0x08000000 0x2000>; /* CS0: NAND */
52 elm_id = <&elm>;
53
54 nand@0,0 {
55 reg = <0 0 0>; /* CS0, offset 0 */
56 nand-bus-width = <16>;
57 ti,nand-ecc-opt = "bch8";
58
59 gpmc,sync-clk = <0>;
60 gpmc,cs-on = <0>;
61 gpmc,cs-rd-off = <44>;
62 gpmc,cs-wr-off = <44>;
63 gpmc,adv-on = <6>;
64 gpmc,adv-rd-off = <34>;
65 gpmc,adv-wr-off = <44>;
66 gpmc,we-off = <40>;
67 gpmc,oe-off = <54>;
68 gpmc,access = <64>;
69 gpmc,rd-cycle = <82>;
70 gpmc,wr-cycle = <82>;
71 gpmc,wr-access = <40>;
72 gpmc,wr-data-mux-bus = <0>;
73
74 #address-cells = <1>;
75 #size-cells = <1>;
76
77 /* partitions go here */
78 };
79 };
80
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-onenand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-onenand.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..deec9da224a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-onenand.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
1Device tree bindings for GPMC connected OneNANDs
2
3GPMC connected OneNAND (found on OMAP boards) are represented as child nodes of
4the GPMC controller with a name of "onenand".
5
6All timing relevant properties as well as generic gpmc child properties are
7explained in a separate documents - please refer to
8Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-gpmc.txt
9
10Required properties:
11
12 - reg: The CS line the peripheral is connected to
13
14Optional properties:
15
16 - dma-channel: DMA Channel index
17
18For inline partiton table parsing (optional):
19
20 - #address-cells: should be set to 1
21 - #size-cells: should be set to 1
22
23Example for an OMAP3430 board:
24
25 gpmc: gpmc@6e000000 {
26 compatible = "ti,omap3430-gpmc";
27 ti,hwmods = "gpmc";
28 reg = <0x6e000000 0x1000000>;
29 interrupts = <20>;
30 gpmc,num-cs = <8>;
31 gpmc,num-waitpins = <4>;
32 #address-cells = <2>;
33 #size-cells = <1>;
34
35 onenand@0 {
36 reg = <0 0 0>; /* CS0, offset 0 */
37
38 #address-cells = <1>;
39 #size-cells = <1>;
40
41 /* partitions go here */
42 };
43 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt
index 6ddd0286a9b7..ecfdf756d10f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt
@@ -24,6 +24,8 @@ Required properties:
24Optional properties: 24Optional properties:
25- ti,hwmods : Must be "cpgmac0" 25- ti,hwmods : Must be "cpgmac0"
26- no_bd_ram : Must be 0 or 1 26- no_bd_ram : Must be 0 or 1
27- dual_emac : Specifies Switch to act as Dual EMAC
28- dual_emac_res_vlan : Specifies VID to be used to segregate the ports
27 29
28Note: "ti,hwmods" field is used to fetch the base address and irq 30Note: "ti,hwmods" field is used to fetch the base address and irq
29resources from TI, omap hwmod data base during device registration. 31resources from TI, omap hwmod data base during device registration.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..dff0e5f995e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
1* Allwinner A1X Pin Controller
2
3The pins controlled by sunXi pin controller are organized in banks,
4each bank has 32 pins. Each pin has 7 multiplexing functions, with
5the first two functions being GPIO in and out. The configuration on
6the pins includes drive strength and pull-up.
7
8Required properties:
9- compatible: "allwinner,<soc>-pinctrl". Supported SoCs for now are:
10 sun5i-a13.
11- reg: Should contain the register physical address and length for the
12 pin controller.
13
14Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the
15common pinctrl bindings used by client devices.
16
17A pinctrl node should contain at least one subnodes representing the
18pinctrl groups available on the machine. Each subnode will list the
19pins it needs, and how they should be configured, with regard to muxer
20configuration, drive strength and pullups. If one of these options is
21not set, its actual value will be unspecified.
22
23Required subnode-properties:
24
25- allwinner,pins: List of strings containing the pin name.
26- allwinner,function: Function to mux the pins listed above to.
27
28Optional subnode-properties:
29- allwinner,drive: Integer. Represents the current sent to the pin
30 0: 10 mA
31 1: 20 mA
32 2: 30 mA
33 3: 40 mA
34- allwinner,pull: Integer.
35 0: No resistor
36 1: Pull-up resistor
37 2: Pull-down resistor
38
39Examples:
40
41pinctrl@01c20800 {
42 compatible = "allwinner,sun5i-a13-pinctrl";
43 reg = <0x01c20800 0x400>;
44 #address-cells = <1>;
45 #size-cells = <0>;
46
47 uart1_pins_a: uart1@0 {
48 allwinner,pins = "PE10", "PE11";
49 allwinner,function = "uart1";
50 allwinner,drive = <0>;
51 allwinner,pull = <0>;
52 };
53
54 uart1_pins_b: uart1@1 {
55 allwinner,pins = "PG3", "PG4";
56 allwinner,function = "uart1";
57 allwinner,drive = <0>;
58 allwinner,pull = <0>;
59 };
60};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra114-pinmux.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra114-pinmux.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e204d009f16c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra114-pinmux.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
1NVIDIA Tegra114 pinmux controller
2
3The Tegra114 pinctrl binding is very similar to the Tegra20 and Tegra30
4pinctrl binding, as described in nvidia,tegra20-pinmux.txt and
5nvidia,tegra30-pinmux.txt. In fact, this document assumes that binding as
6a baseline, and only documents the differences between the two bindings.
7
8Required properties:
9- compatible: "nvidia,tegra114-pinmux"
10- reg: Should contain the register physical address and length for each of
11 the pad control and mux registers. The first bank of address must be the
12 driver strength pad control register address and second bank address must
13 be pinmux register address.
14
15Tegra114 adds the following optional properties for pin configuration subnodes:
16- nvidia,enable-input: Integer. Enable the pin's input path. 0: no, 1: yes.
17- nvidia,open-drain: Integer. Enable open drain mode. 0: no, 1: yes.
18- nvidia,lock: Integer. Lock the pin configuration against further changes
19 until reset. 0: no, 1: yes.
20- nvidia,io-reset: Integer. Reset the IO path. 0: no, 1: yes.
21- nvidia,rcv-sel: Integer. Select VIL/VIH receivers. 0: normal, 1: high.
22- nvidia,drive-type: Integer. Valid range 0...3.
23
24As with Tegra20 and Terga30, see the Tegra TRM for complete details regarding
25which groups support which functionality.
26
27Valid values for pin and group names are:
28
29 per-pin mux groups:
30
31 These all support nvidia,function, nvidia,tristate, nvidia,pull,
32 nvidia,enable-input, nvidia,lock. Some support nvidia,open-drain,
33 nvidia,io-reset and nvidia,rcv-sel.
34
35 ulpi_data0_po1, ulpi_data1_po2, ulpi_data2_po3, ulpi_data3_po4,
36 ulpi_data4_po5, ulpi_data5_po6, ulpi_data6_po7, ulpi_data7_po0,
37 ulpi_clk_py0, ulpi_dir_py1, ulpi_nxt_py2, ulpi_stp_py3, dap3_fs_pp0,
38 dap3_din_pp1, dap3_dout_pp2, dap3_sclk_pp3, pv0, pv1, sdmmc1_clk_pz0,
39 sdmmc1_cmd_pz1, sdmmc1_dat3_py4, sdmmc1_dat2_py5, sdmmc1_dat1_py6,
40 sdmmc1_dat0_py7, clk2_out_pw5, clk2_req_pcc5, hdmi_int_pn7, ddc_scl_pv4,
41 ddc_sda_pv5, uart2_rxd_pc3, uart2_txd_pc2, uart2_rts_n_pj6,
42 uart2_cts_n_pj5, uart3_txd_pw6, uart3_rxd_pw7, uart3_cts_n_pa1,
43 uart3_rts_n_pc0, pu0, pu1, pu2, pu3, pu4, pu5, pu6, gen1_i2c_sda_pc5,
44 gen1_i2c_scl_pc4, dap4_fs_pp4, dap4_din_pp5, dap4_dout_pp6, dap4_sclk_pp7,
45 clk3_out_pee0, clk3_req_pee1, gmi_wp_n_pc7, gmi_iordy_pi5, gmi_wait_pi7,
46 gmi_adv_n_pk0, gmi_clk_pk1, gmi_cs0_n_pj0, gmi_cs1_n_pj2, gmi_cs2_n_pk3,
47 gmi_cs3_n_pk4, gmi_cs4_n_pk2, gmi_cs6_n_pi3, gmi_cs7_n_pi6, gmi_ad0_pg0,
48 gmi_ad1_pg1, gmi_ad2_pg2, gmi_ad3_pg3, gmi_ad4_pg4, gmi_ad5_pg5,
49 gmi_ad6_pg6, gmi_ad7_pg7, gmi_ad8_ph0, gmi_ad9_ph1, gmi_ad10_ph2,
50 gmi_ad11_ph3, gmi_ad12_ph4, gmi_ad13_ph5, gmi_ad14_ph6, gmi_ad15_ph7,
51 gmi_a16_pj7, gmi_a17_pb0, gmi_a18_pb1, gmi_a19_pk7, gmi_wr_n_pi0,
52 gmi_oe_n_pi1, gmi_dqs_p_pj3, gmi_rst_n_pi4, gen2_i2c_scl_pt5,
53 gen2_i2c_sda_pt6, sdmmc4_clk_pcc4, sdmmc4_cmd_pt7, sdmmc4_dat0_paa0,
54 sdmmc4_dat1_paa1, sdmmc4_dat2_paa2, sdmmc4_dat3_paa3, sdmmc4_dat4_paa4,
55 sdmmc4_dat5_paa5, sdmmc4_dat6_paa6, sdmmc4_dat7_paa7, cam_mclk_pcc0,
56 pcc1, pbb0, cam_i2c_scl_pbb1, cam_i2c_sda_pbb2, pbb3, pbb4, pbb5, pbb6,
57 pbb7, pcc2, pwr_i2c_scl_pz6, pwr_i2c_sda_pz7, kb_row0_pr0, kb_row1_pr1,
58 kb_row2_pr2, kb_row3_pr3, kb_row4_pr4, kb_row5_pr5, kb_row6_pr6,
59 kb_row7_pr7, kb_row8_ps0, kb_row9_ps1, kb_row10_ps2, kb_col0_pq0,
60 kb_col1_pq1, kb_col2_pq2, kb_col3_pq3, kb_col4_pq4, kb_col5_pq5,
61 kb_col6_pq6, kb_col7_pq7, clk_32k_out_pa0, sys_clk_req_pz5, core_pwr_req,
62 cpu_pwr_req, pwr_int_n, owr, dap1_fs_pn0, dap1_din_pn1, dap1_dout_pn2,
63 dap1_sclk_pn3, clk1_req_pee2, clk1_out_pw4, spdif_in_pk6, spdif_out_pk5,
64 dap2_fs_pa2, dap2_din_pa4, dap2_dout_pa5, dap2_sclk_pa3, dvfs_pwm_px0,
65 gpio_x1_aud_px1, gpio_x3_aud_px3, dvfs_clk_px2, gpio_x4_aud_px4,
66 gpio_x5_aud_px5, gpio_x6_aud_px6, gpio_x7_aud_px7, sdmmc3_clk_pa6,
67 sdmmc3_cmd_pa7, sdmmc3_dat0_pb7, sdmmc3_dat1_pb6, sdmmc3_dat2_pb5,
68 sdmmc3_dat3_pb4, hdmi_cec_pee3, sdmmc1_wp_n_pv3, sdmmc3_cd_n_pv2,
69 gpio_w2_aud_pw2, gpio_w3_aud_pw3, usb_vbus_en0_pn4, usb_vbus_en1_pn5,
70 sdmmc3_clk_lb_in_pee5, sdmmc3_clk_lb_out_pee4, reset_out_n.
71
72 drive groups:
73
74 These all support nvidia,pull-down-strength, nvidia,pull-up-strength,
75 nvidia,slew-rate-rising, nvidia,slew-rate-falling. Most but not all
76 support nvidia,high-speed-mode, nvidia,schmitt, nvidia,low-power-mode
77 and nvidia,drive-type.
78
79 ao1, ao2, at1, at2, at3, at4, at5, cdev1, cdev2, dap1, dap2, dap3, dap4,
80 dbg, sdio3, spi, uaa, uab, uart2, uart3, sdio1, ddc, gma, gme, gmf, gmg,
81 gmh, owr, uda.
82
83Example:
84
85 pinmux: pinmux {
86 compatible = "nvidia,tegra114-pinmux";
87 reg = <0x70000868 0x148 /* Pad control registers */
88 0x70003000 0x40c>; /* PinMux registers */
89 };
90
91Example board file extract:
92
93 pinctrl {
94 sdmmc4_default: pinmux {
95 sdmmc4_clk_pcc4 {
96 nvidia,pins = "sdmmc4_clk_pcc4",
97 nvidia,function = "sdmmc4";
98 nvidia,pull = <0>;
99 nvidia,tristate = <0>;
100 };
101 sdmmc4_dat0_paa0 {
102 nvidia,pins = "sdmmc4_dat0_paa0",
103 "sdmmc4_dat1_paa1",
104 "sdmmc4_dat2_paa2",
105 "sdmmc4_dat3_paa3",
106 "sdmmc4_dat4_paa4",
107 "sdmmc4_dat5_paa5",
108 "sdmmc4_dat6_paa6",
109 "sdmmc4_dat7_paa7";
110 nvidia,function = "sdmmc4";
111 nvidia,pull = <2>;
112 nvidia,tristate = <0>;
113 };
114 };
115 };
116
117 sdhci@78000400 {
118 pinctrl-names = "default";
119 pinctrl-0 = <&sdmmc4_default>;
120 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt
index e97a27856b21..4598a47aa0cd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt
@@ -7,9 +7,9 @@ on-chip controllers onto these pads.
7 7
8Required Properties: 8Required Properties:
9- compatible: should be one of the following. 9- compatible: should be one of the following.
10 - "samsung,pinctrl-exynos4210": for Exynos4210 compatible pin-controller. 10 - "samsung,exynos4210-pinctrl": for Exynos4210 compatible pin-controller.
11 - "samsung,pinctrl-exynos4x12": for Exynos4x12 compatible pin-controller. 11 - "samsung,exynos4x12-pinctrl": for Exynos4x12 compatible pin-controller.
12 - "samsung,pinctrl-exynos5250": for Exynos5250 compatible pin-controller. 12 - "samsung,exynos5250-pinctrl": for Exynos5250 compatible pin-controller.
13 13
14- reg: Base address of the pin controller hardware module and length of 14- reg: Base address of the pin controller hardware module and length of
15 the address space it occupies. 15 the address space it occupies.
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ the following format 'pinctrl{n}' where n is a unique number for the alias.
142Example: A pin-controller node with pin banks: 142Example: A pin-controller node with pin banks:
143 143
144 pinctrl_0: pinctrl@11400000 { 144 pinctrl_0: pinctrl@11400000 {
145 compatible = "samsung,pinctrl-exynos4210"; 145 compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-pinctrl";
146 reg = <0x11400000 0x1000>; 146 reg = <0x11400000 0x1000>;
147 interrupts = <0 47 0>; 147 interrupts = <0 47 0>;
148 148
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Example: A pin-controller node with pin banks:
185Example 1: A pin-controller node with pin groups. 185Example 1: A pin-controller node with pin groups.
186 186
187 pinctrl_0: pinctrl@11400000 { 187 pinctrl_0: pinctrl@11400000 {
188 compatible = "samsung,pinctrl-exynos4210"; 188 compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-pinctrl";
189 reg = <0x11400000 0x1000>; 189 reg = <0x11400000 0x1000>;
190 interrupts = <0 47 0>; 190 interrupts = <0 47 0>;
191 191
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ Example 1: A pin-controller node with pin groups.
230Example 2: A pin-controller node with external wakeup interrupt controller node. 230Example 2: A pin-controller node with external wakeup interrupt controller node.
231 231
232 pinctrl_1: pinctrl@11000000 { 232 pinctrl_1: pinctrl@11000000 {
233 compatible = "samsung,pinctrl-exynos4210"; 233 compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-pinctrl";
234 reg = <0x11000000 0x1000>; 234 reg = <0x11000000 0x1000>;
235 interrupts = <0 46 0> 235 interrupts = <0 46 0>
236 236
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/ste,nomadik.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/ste,nomadik.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9a2f3f420526
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/ste,nomadik.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
1ST Ericsson Nomadik pinmux controller
2
3Required properties:
4- compatible: "stericsson,nmk-pinctrl", "stericsson,nmk-pinctrl-db8540",
5 "stericsson,nmk-pinctrl-stn8815"
6- reg: Should contain the register physical address and length of the PRCMU.
7
8Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the
9common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the
10phrase "pin configuration node".
11
12ST Ericsson's pin configuration nodes act as a container for an arbitrary number of
13subnodes. Each of these subnodes represents some desired configuration for a
14pin, a group, or a list of pins or groups. This configuration can include the
15mux function to select on those pin(s)/group(s), and various pin configuration
16parameters, such as input, output, pull up, pull down...
17
18The name of each subnode is not important; all subnodes should be enumerated
19and processed purely based on their content.
20
21Required subnode-properties:
22- ste,pins : An array of strings. Each string contains the name of a pin or
23 group.
24
25Optional subnode-properties:
26- ste,function: A string containing the name of the function to mux to the
27 pin or group.
28
29- ste,config: Handle of pin configuration node (e.g. ste,config = <&slpm_in_wkup_pdis>)
30
31- ste,input : <0/1/2>
32 0: input with no pull
33 1: input with pull up,
34 2: input with pull down,
35
36- ste,output: <0/1/2>
37 0: output low,
38 1: output high,
39 2: output (value is not specified).
40
41- ste,sleep: <0/1>
42 0: sleep mode disable,
43 1: sleep mode enable.
44
45- ste,sleep-input: <0/1/2/3>
46 0: sleep input with no pull,
47 1: sleep input with pull up,
48 2: sleep input with pull down.
49 3: sleep input and keep last input configuration (no pull, pull up or pull down).
50
51- ste,sleep-output: <0/1/2>
52 0: sleep output low,
53 1: sleep output high,
54 2: sleep output (value is not specified).
55
56- ste,sleep-gpio: <0/1>
57 0: disable sleep gpio mode,
58 1: enable sleep gpio mode.
59
60- ste,sleep-wakeup: <0/1>
61 0: wake-up detection enabled,
62 1: wake-up detection disabled.
63
64- ste,sleep-pull-disable: <0/1>
65 0: GPIO pull-up or pull-down resistor is enabled, when pin is an input,
66 1: GPIO pull-up and pull-down resistor are disabled.
67
68Example board file extract:
69
70 pinctrl@80157000 {
71 compatible = "stericsson,nmk-pinctrl";
72 reg = <0x80157000 0x2000>;
73
74 pinctrl-names = "default";
75
76 slpm_in_wkup_pdis: slpm_in_wkup_pdis {
77 ste,sleep = <1>;
78 ste,sleep-input = <3>;
79 ste,sleep-wakeup = <1>;
80 ste,sleep-pull-disable = <0>;
81 };
82
83 slpm_out_hi_wkup_pdis: slpm_out_hi_wkup_pdis {
84 ste,sleep = <1>;
85 ste,sleep-output = <1>;
86 ste,sleep-wakeup = <1>;
87 ste,sleep-pull-disable = <0>;
88 };
89
90 slpm_out_wkup_pdis: slpm_out_wkup_pdis {
91 ste,sleep = <1>;
92 ste,sleep-output = <2>;
93 ste,sleep-wakeup = <1>;
94 ste,sleep-pull-disable = <0>;
95 };
96
97 uart0 {
98 uart0_default_mux: uart0_mux {
99 u0_default_mux {
100 ste,function = "u0";
101 ste,pins = "u0_a_1";
102 };
103 };
104 uart0_default_mode: uart0_default {
105 uart0_default_cfg1 {
106 ste,pins = "GPIO0", "GPIO2";
107 ste,input = <1>;
108 };
109
110 uart0_default_cfg2 {
111 ste,pins = "GPIO1", "GPIO3";
112 ste,output = <1>;
113 };
114 };
115 uart0_sleep_mode: uart0_sleep {
116 uart0_sleep_cfg1 {
117 ste,pins = "GPIO0", "GPIO2";
118 ste,config = <&slpm_in_wkup_pdis>;
119 };
120 uart0_sleep_cfg2 {
121 ste,pins = "GPIO1";
122 ste,config = <&slpm_out_hi_wkup_pdis>;
123 };
124 uart0_sleep_cfg3 {
125 ste,pins = "GPIO3";
126 ste,config = <&slpm_out_wkup_pdis>;
127 };
128 };
129 };
130 };
131
132 uart@80120000 {
133 compatible = "arm,pl011", "arm,primecell";
134 reg = <0x80120000 0x1000>;
135 interrupts = <0 11 0x4>;
136
137 pinctrl-names = "default","sleep";
138 pinctrl-0 = <&uart0_default_mux>, <&uart0_default_mode>;
139 pinctrl-1 = <&uart0_sleep_mode>;
140 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/qnap-poweroff.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/qnap-poweroff.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9a599d27bd75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/qnap-poweroff.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
1* QNAP Power Off
2
3QNAP NAS devices have a microcontroller controlling the main power
4supply. This microcontroller is connected to UART1 of the Kirkwood and
5Orion5x SoCs. Sending the charactor 'A', at 19200 baud, tells the
6microcontroller to turn the power off. This driver adds a handler to
7pm_power_off which is called to turn the power off.
8
9Required Properties:
10- compatible: Should be "qnap,power-off"
11
12- reg: Address and length of the register set for UART1
13- clocks: tclk clock
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/restart-poweroff.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/restart-poweroff.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5776e684afda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/restart-poweroff.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
1* Restart Power Off
2
3Buffalo Linkstation LS-XHL and LS-CHLv2, and other devices power off
4by restarting and letting u-boot keep hold of the machine until the
5user presses a button.
6
7Required Properties:
8- compatible: Should be "restart-poweroff"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/srio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/srio.txt
index b039bcbee134..07abf0f2f440 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/srio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/srio.txt
@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ Properties:
8 Definition: Must include "fsl,srio" for IP blocks with IP Block 8 Definition: Must include "fsl,srio" for IP blocks with IP Block
9 Revision Register (SRIO IPBRR1) Major ID equal to 0x01c0. 9 Revision Register (SRIO IPBRR1) Major ID equal to 0x01c0.
10 10
11 Optionally, a compatiable string of "fsl,srio-vX.Y" where X is Major 11 Optionally, a compatible string of "fsl,srio-vX.Y" where X is Major
12 version in IP Block Revision Register and Y is Minor version. If this 12 version in IP Block Revision Register and Y is Minor version. If this
13 compatiable is provided it should be ordered before "fsl,srio". 13 compatible is provided it should be ordered before "fsl,srio".
14 14
15 - reg 15 - reg
16 Usage: required 16 Usage: required
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/anatop-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/anatop-regulator.txt
index 357758cb6e92..758eae24082a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/anatop-regulator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/anatop-regulator.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,11 @@ Required properties:
9- anatop-min-voltage: Minimum voltage of this regulator 9- anatop-min-voltage: Minimum voltage of this regulator
10- anatop-max-voltage: Maximum voltage of this regulator 10- anatop-max-voltage: Maximum voltage of this regulator
11 11
12Optional properties:
13- anatop-delay-reg-offset: Anatop MFD step time register offset
14- anatop-delay-bit-shift: Bit shift for the step time register
15- anatop-delay-bit-width: Number of bits used in the step time register
16
12Any property defined as part of the core regulator 17Any property defined as part of the core regulator
13binding, defined in regulator.txt, can also be used. 18binding, defined in regulator.txt, can also be used.
14 19
@@ -23,6 +28,9 @@ Example:
23 anatop-reg-offset = <0x140>; 28 anatop-reg-offset = <0x140>;
24 anatop-vol-bit-shift = <9>; 29 anatop-vol-bit-shift = <9>;
25 anatop-vol-bit-width = <5>; 30 anatop-vol-bit-width = <5>;
31 anatop-delay-reg-offset = <0x170>;
32 anatop-delay-bit-shift = <24>;
33 anatop-delay-bit-width = <2>;
26 anatop-min-bit-val = <1>; 34 anatop-min-bit-val = <1>;
27 anatop-min-voltage = <725000>; 35 anatop-min-voltage = <725000>;
28 anatop-max-voltage = <1300000>; 36 anatop-max-voltage = <1300000>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a35ff99003a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
1* Samsung S5M8767 Voltage and Current Regulator
2
3The Samsung S5M8767 is a multi-function device which includes volatage and
4current regulators, rtc, charger controller and other sub-blocks. It is
5interfaced to the host controller using a i2c interface. Each sub-block is
6addressed by the host system using different i2c slave address. This document
7describes the bindings for 'pmic' sub-block of s5m8767.
8
9Required properties:
10- compatible: Should be "samsung,s5m8767-pmic".
11- reg: Specifies the i2c slave address of the pmic block. It should be 0x66.
12
13- s5m8767,pmic-buck2-dvs-voltage: A set of 8 voltage values in micro-volt (uV)
14 units for buck2 when changing voltage using gpio dvs. Refer to [1] below
15 for additional information.
16
17- s5m8767,pmic-buck3-dvs-voltage: A set of 8 voltage values in micro-volt (uV)
18 units for buck3 when changing voltage using gpio dvs. Refer to [1] below
19 for additional information.
20
21- s5m8767,pmic-buck4-dvs-voltage: A set of 8 voltage values in micro-volt (uV)
22 units for buck4 when changing voltage using gpio dvs. Refer to [1] below
23 for additional information.
24
25- s5m8767,pmic-buck-ds-gpios: GPIO specifiers for three host gpio's used
26 for selecting GPIO DVS lines. It is one-to-one mapped to dvs gpio lines.
27
28[1] If none of the 's5m8767,pmic-buck[2/3/4]-uses-gpio-dvs' optional
29 property is specified, the 's5m8767,pmic-buck[2/3/4]-dvs-voltage'
30 property should specify atleast one voltage level (which would be a
31 safe operating voltage).
32
33 If either of the 's5m8767,pmic-buck[2/3/4]-uses-gpio-dvs' optional
34 property is specified, then all the eight voltage values for the
35 's5m8767,pmic-buck[2/3/4]-dvs-voltage' should be specified.
36
37Optional properties:
38- interrupt-parent: Specifies the phandle of the interrupt controller to which
39 the interrupts from s5m8767 are delivered to.
40- interrupts: Interrupt specifiers for two interrupt sources.
41 - First interrupt specifier is for 'irq1' interrupt.
42 - Second interrupt specifier is for 'alert' interrupt.
43- s5m8767,pmic-buck2-uses-gpio-dvs: 'buck2' can be controlled by gpio dvs.
44- s5m8767,pmic-buck3-uses-gpio-dvs: 'buck3' can be controlled by gpio dvs.
45- s5m8767,pmic-buck4-uses-gpio-dvs: 'buck4' can be controlled by gpio dvs.
46
47Additional properties required if either of the optional properties are used:
48
49- s5m8767,pmic-buck234-default-dvs-idx: Default voltage setting selected from
50 the possible 8 options selectable by the dvs gpios. The value of this
51 property should be between 0 and 7. If not specified or if out of range, the
52 default value of this property is set to 0.
53
54- s5m8767,pmic-buck-dvs-gpios: GPIO specifiers for three host gpio's used
55 for dvs. The format of the gpio specifier depends in the gpio controller.
56
57Regulators: The regulators of s5m8767 that have to be instantiated should be
58included in a sub-node named 'regulators'. Regulator nodes included in this
59sub-node should be of the format as listed below.
60
61 regulator_name {
62 ldo1_reg: LDO1 {
63 regulator-name = "VDD_ALIVE_1.0V";
64 regulator-min-microvolt = <1100000>;
65 regulator-max-microvolt = <1100000>;
66 regulator-always-on;
67 regulator-boot-on;
68 op_mode = <1>; /* Normal Mode */
69 };
70 };
71The above regulator entries are defined in regulator bindings documentation
72except op_mode description.
73 - op_mode: describes the different operating modes of the LDO's with
74 power mode change in SOC. The different possible values are,
75 0 - always off mode
76 1 - on in normal mode
77 2 - low power mode
78 3 - suspend mode
79
80The following are the names of the regulators that the s5m8767 pmic block
81supports. Note: The 'n' in LDOn and BUCKn represents the LDO or BUCK number
82as per the datasheet of s5m8767.
83
84 - LDOn
85 - valid values for n are 1 to 28
86 - Example: LDO0, LD01, LDO28
87 - BUCKn
88 - valid values for n are 1 to 9.
89 - Example: BUCK1, BUCK2, BUCK9
90
91The bindings inside the regulator nodes use the standard regulator bindings
92which are documented elsewhere.
93
94Example:
95
96 s5m8767_pmic@66 {
97 compatible = "samsung,s5m8767-pmic";
98 reg = <0x66>;
99
100 s5m8767,pmic-buck2-uses-gpio-dvs;
101 s5m8767,pmic-buck3-uses-gpio-dvs;
102 s5m8767,pmic-buck4-uses-gpio-dvs;
103
104 s5m8767,pmic-buck-default-dvs-idx = <0>;
105
106 s5m8767,pmic-buck-dvs-gpios = <&gpx0 0 1 0 0>, /* DVS1 */
107 <&gpx0 1 1 0 0>, /* DVS2 */
108 <&gpx0 2 1 0 0>; /* DVS3 */
109
110 s5m8767,pmic-buck-ds-gpios = <&gpx2 3 1 0 0>, /* SET1 */
111 <&gpx2 4 1 0 0>, /* SET2 */
112 <&gpx2 5 1 0 0>; /* SET3 */
113
114 s5m8767,pmic-buck2-dvs-voltage = <1350000>, <1300000>,
115 <1250000>, <1200000>,
116 <1150000>, <1100000>,
117 <1000000>, <950000>;
118
119 s5m8767,pmic-buck3-dvs-voltage = <1100000>, <1100000>,
120 <1100000>, <1100000>,
121 <1000000>, <1000000>,
122 <1000000>, <1000000>;
123
124 s5m8767,pmic-buck4-dvs-voltage = <1200000>, <1200000>,
125 <1200000>, <1200000>,
126 <1200000>, <1200000>,
127 <1200000>, <1200000>;
128
129 regulators {
130 ldo1_reg: LDO1 {
131 regulator-name = "VDD_ABB_3.3V";
132 regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>;
133 regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
134 op_mode = <1>; /* Normal Mode */
135 };
136
137 ldo2_reg: LDO2 {
138 regulator-name = "VDD_ALIVE_1.1V";
139 regulator-min-microvolt = <1100000>;
140 regulator-max-microvolt = <1100000>;
141 regulator-always-on;
142 };
143
144 buck1_reg: BUCK1 {
145 regulator-name = "VDD_MIF_1.2V";
146 regulator-min-microvolt = <950000>;
147 regulator-max-microvolt = <1350000>;
148 regulator-always-on;
149 regulator-boot-on;
150 };
151 };
152 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps51632-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps51632-regulator.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2f7e44a96414
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps51632-regulator.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
1TPS51632 Voltage regulators
2
3Required properties:
4- compatible: Must be "ti,tps51632"
5- reg: I2C slave address
6
7Optional properties:
8- ti,enable-pwm-dvfs: Enable the DVFS voltage control through the PWM interface.
9- ti,dvfs-step-20mV: The 20mV step voltage when PWM DVFS enabled. Missing this
10 will set 10mV step voltage in PWM DVFS mode. In normal mode, the voltage
11 step is 10mV as per datasheet.
12
13Any property defined as part of the core regulator binding, defined in
14regulator.txt, can also be used.
15
16Example:
17
18 tps51632 {
19 compatible = "ti,tps51632";
20 reg = <0x43>;
21 regulator-name = "tps51632-vout";
22 regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>;
23 regulator-max-microvolt = <1500000>;
24 regulator-boot-on;
25 ti,enable-pwm-dvfs;
26 ti,dvfs-step-20mV;
27 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps62360-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps62360-regulator.txt
index c8ca6b8f6582..1b20c3dbcdb8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps62360-regulator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps62360-regulator.txt
@@ -17,9 +17,9 @@ Optional properties:
17- ti,vsel1-gpio: Gpio for controlling VSEL1 line. 17- ti,vsel1-gpio: Gpio for controlling VSEL1 line.
18 If this property is missing, then assume that there is no GPIO 18 If this property is missing, then assume that there is no GPIO
19 for vsel1 control. 19 for vsel1 control.
20- ti,vsel0-state-high: Inital state of vsel0 input is high. 20- ti,vsel0-state-high: Initial state of vsel0 input is high.
21 If this property is missing, then assume the state as low (0). 21 If this property is missing, then assume the state as low (0).
22- ti,vsel1-state-high: Inital state of vsel1 input is high. 22- ti,vsel1-state-high: Initial state of vsel1 input is high.
23 If this property is missing, then assume the state as low (0). 23 If this property is missing, then assume the state as low (0).
24 24
25Any property defined as part of the core regulator binding, defined in 25Any property defined as part of the core regulator binding, defined in
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt
index 90ec45fd33ec..7ac7259fe9ea 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Required properties:
7- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped 7- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
8 region. 8 region.
9- interrupts: Two interrupt numbers to the cpu should be specified. First 9- interrupts: Two interrupt numbers to the cpu should be specified. First
10 interrupt number is the rtc alarm interupt and second interrupt number 10 interrupt number is the rtc alarm interrupt and second interrupt number
11 is the rtc tick interrupt. The number of cells representing a interrupt 11 is the rtc tick interrupt. The number of cells representing a interrupt
12 depends on the parent interrupt controller. 12 depends on the parent interrupt controller.
13 13
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nvidia,tegra20-hsuart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nvidia,tegra20-hsuart.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..392a4493eebd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nvidia,tegra20-hsuart.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
1NVIDIA Tegra20/Tegra30 high speed (DMA based) UART controller driver.
2
3Required properties:
4- compatible : should be "nvidia,tegra30-hsuart", "nvidia,tegra20-hsuart".
5- reg: Should contain UART controller registers location and length.
6- interrupts: Should contain UART controller interrupts.
7- nvidia,dma-request-selector : The Tegra DMA controller's phandle and
8 request selector for this UART controller.
9
10Optional properties:
11- nvidia,enable-modem-interrupt: Enable modem interrupts. Should be enable
12 only if all 8 lines of UART controller are pinmuxed.
13
14Example:
15
16serial@70006000 {
17 compatible = "nvidia,tegra30-hsuart", "nvidia,tegra20-hsuart";
18 reg = <0x70006000 0x40>;
19 reg-shift = <2>;
20 interrupts = <0 36 0x04>;
21 nvidia,dma-request-selector = <&apbdma 8>;
22 nvidia,enable-modem-interrupt;
23 status = "disabled";
24};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4642.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4642.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..623d4e70ae11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4642.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
1AK4642 I2C transmitter
2
3This device supports I2C mode only.
4
5Required properties:
6
7 - compatible : "asahi-kasei,ak4642" or "asahi-kasei,ak4643" or "asahi-kasei,ak4648"
8 - reg : The chip select number on the I2C bus
9
10Example:
11
12&i2c {
13 ak4648: ak4648@0x12 {
14 compatible = "asahi-kasei,ak4642";
15 reg = <0x12>;
16 };
17};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4271.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4271.txt
index a850fb9c88ea..e2cd1d7539e5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4271.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4271.txt
@@ -20,6 +20,18 @@ Optional properties:
20 !RESET pin 20 !RESET pin
21 - cirrus,amuteb-eq-bmutec: When given, the Codec's AMUTEB=BMUTEC flag 21 - cirrus,amuteb-eq-bmutec: When given, the Codec's AMUTEB=BMUTEC flag
22 is enabled. 22 is enabled.
23 - cirrus,enable-soft-reset:
24 The CS4271 requires its LRCLK and MCLK to be stable before its RESET
25 line is de-asserted. That also means that clocks cannot be changed
26 without putting the chip back into hardware reset, which also requires
27 a complete re-initialization of all registers.
28
29 One (undocumented) workaround is to assert and de-assert the PDN bit
30 in the MODE2 register. This workaround can be enabled with this DT
31 property.
32
33 Note that this is not needed in case the clocks are stable
34 throughout the entire runtime of the codec.
23 35
24Examples: 36Examples:
25 37
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..be35d34e8b26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
1NVIDIA Tegra audio complex
2
3Required properties:
4- compatible : "nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712"
5- nvidia,model : The user-visible name of this sound complex.
6- nvidia,audio-routing : A list of the connections between audio components.
7 Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink,
8 the second being the connection's source. Valid names for sources and
9 sinks are the WM9712's pins, and the jacks on the board:
10
11 WM9712 pins:
12
13 * MONOOUT
14 * HPOUTL
15 * HPOUTR
16 * LOUT2
17 * ROUT2
18 * OUT3
19 * LINEINL
20 * LINEINR
21 * PHONE
22 * PCBEEP
23 * MIC1
24 * MIC2
25 * Mic Bias
26
27 Board connectors:
28
29 * Headphone
30 * LineIn
31 * Mic
32
33- nvidia,ac97-controller : The phandle of the Tegra AC97 controller
34
35
36Example:
37
38sound {
39 compatible = "nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712-colibri_t20",
40 "nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712";
41 nvidia,model = "Toradex Colibri T20";
42
43 nvidia,audio-routing =
44 "Headphone", "HPOUTL",
45 "Headphone", "HPOUTR",
46 "LineIn", "LINEINL",
47 "LineIn", "LINEINR",
48 "Mic", "MIC1";
49
50 nvidia,ac97-controller = <&ac97>;
51};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-ac97.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-ac97.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c1454979c1ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-ac97.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
1NVIDIA Tegra 20 AC97 controller
2
3Required properties:
4- compatible : "nvidia,tegra20-ac97"
5- reg : Should contain AC97 controller registers location and length
6- interrupts : Should contain AC97 interrupt
7- nvidia,dma-request-selector : The Tegra DMA controller's phandle and
8 request selector for the AC97 controller
9- nvidia,codec-reset-gpio : The Tegra GPIO controller's phandle and the number
10 of the GPIO used to reset the external AC97 codec
11- nvidia,codec-sync-gpio : The Tegra GPIO controller's phandle and the number
12 of the GPIO corresponding with the AC97 DAP _FS line
13Example:
14
15ac97@70002000 {
16 compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-ac97";
17 reg = <0x70002000 0x200>;
18 interrupts = <0 81 0x04>;
19 nvidia,dma-request-selector = <&apbdma 12>;
20 nvidia,codec-reset-gpio = <&gpio 170 0>;
21 nvidia,codec-sync-gpio = <&gpio 120 0>;
22};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt
index 6fae51c7f766..1ab6bc8404d5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,52 @@ Required properties:
6- ti,mcbsp: phandle for the McBSP node 6- ti,mcbsp: phandle for the McBSP node
7- ti,codec: phandle for the twl4030 audio node 7- ti,codec: phandle for the twl4030 audio node
8 8
9Optional properties:
10- ti,mcbsp-voice: phandle for the McBSP node connected to the voice port of twl
11- ti, jack-det-gpio: Jack detect GPIO
12- ti,audio-routing: List of connections between audio components.
13 Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink,
14 the second being the connection's source.
15 If the routing is not provided all possible connection will be available
16
17Available audio endpoints for the audio-routing table:
18
19Board connectors:
20 * Headset Stereophone
21 * Earpiece Spk
22 * Handsfree Spk
23 * Ext Spk
24 * Main Mic
25 * Sub Mic
26 * Headset Mic
27 * Carkit Mic
28 * Digital0 Mic
29 * Digital1 Mic
30 * Line In
31
32twl4030 pins:
33 * HSOL
34 * HSOR
35 * EARPIECE
36 * HFL
37 * HFR
38 * PREDRIVEL
39 * PREDRIVER
40 * CARKITL
41 * CARKITR
42 * MAINMIC
43 * SUBMIC
44 * HSMIC
45 * DIGIMIC0
46 * DIGIMIC1
47 * CARKITMIC
48 * AUXL
49 * AUXR
50
51 * Headset Mic Bias
52 * Mic Bias 1 /* Used for Main Mic or Digimic0 */
53 * Mic Bias 2 /* Used for Sub Mic or Digimic1 */
54
9Example: 55Example:
10 56
11sound { 57sound {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,fsi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,fsi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c5be003f413e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,fsi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
1Renesas FSI
2
3Required properties:
4- compatible : "renesas,sh_fsi2" or "renesas,sh_fsi"
5- reg : Should contain the register physical address and length
6- interrupts : Should contain FSI interrupt
7
8- fsia,spdif-connection : FSI is connected by S/PDFI
9- fsia,stream-mode-support : FSI supports 16bit stream mode.
10- fsia,use-internal-clock : FSI uses internal clock when master mode.
11
12- fsib,spdif-connection : same as fsia
13- fsib,stream-mode-support : same as fsia
14- fsib,use-internal-clock : same as fsia
15
16Example:
17
18sh_fsi2: sh_fsi2@0xec230000 {
19 compatible = "renesas,sh_fsi2";
20 reg = <0xec230000 0x400>;
21 interrupts = <0 146 0x4>;
22
23 fsia,spdif-connection;
24 fsia,stream-mode-support;
25 fsia,use-internal-clock;
26};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,smdk-wm8994.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,smdk-wm8994.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4686646fb122
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,smdk-wm8994.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
1Samsung SMDK audio complex
2
3Required properties:
4- compatible : "samsung,smdk-wm8994"
5- samsung,i2s-controller: The phandle of the Samsung I2S0 controller
6- samsung,audio-codec: The phandle of the WM8994 audio codec
7Example:
8
9sound {
10 compatible = "samsung,smdk-wm8994";
11
12 samsung,i2s-controller = <&i2s0>;
13 samsung,audio-codec = <&wm8994>;
14};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3070046da2e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
1* Samsung I2S controller
2
3Required SoC Specific Properties:
4
5- compatible : "samsung,i2s-v5"
6- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
7 region.
8- dmas: list of DMA controller phandle and DMA request line ordered pairs.
9- dma-names: identifier string for each DMA request line in the dmas property.
10 These strings correspond 1:1 with the ordered pairs in dmas.
11
12Optional SoC Specific Properties:
13
14- samsung,supports-6ch: If the I2S Primary sound source has 5.1 Channel
15 support, this flag is enabled.
16- samsung,supports-rstclr: This flag should be set if I2S software reset bit
17 control is required. When this flag is set I2S software reset bit will be
18 enabled or disabled based on need.
19- samsung,supports-secdai:If I2S block has a secondary FIFO and internal DMA,
20 then this flag is enabled.
21- samsung,idma-addr: Internal DMA register base address of the audio
22 sub system(used in secondary sound source).
23
24Required Board Specific Properties:
25
26- gpios: The gpio specifier for data out,data in, LRCLK, CDCLK and SCLK
27 interface lines. The format of the gpio specifier depends on the gpio
28 controller.
29 The syntax of samsung gpio specifier is
30 <[phandle of the gpio controller node]
31 [pin number within the gpio controller]
32 [mux function]
33 [flags and pull up/down]
34 [drive strength]>
35
36Example:
37
38- SoC Specific Portion:
39
40i2s@03830000 {
41 compatible = "samsung,i2s-v5";
42 reg = <0x03830000 0x100>;
43 dmas = <&pdma0 10
44 &pdma0 9
45 &pdma0 8>;
46 dma-names = "tx", "rx", "tx-sec";
47 samsung,supports-6ch;
48 samsung,supports-rstclr;
49 samsung,supports-secdai;
50 samsung,idma-addr = <0x03000000>;
51};
52
53- Board Specific Portion:
54
55i2s@03830000 {
56 gpios = <&gpz 0 2 0 0>, /* I2S_0_SCLK */
57 <&gpz 1 2 0 0>, /* I2S_0_CDCLK */
58 <&gpz 2 2 0 0>, /* I2S_0_LRCK */
59 <&gpz 3 2 0 0>, /* I2S_0_SDI */
60 <&gpz 4 2 0 0>, /* I2S_0_SDO[1] */
61 <&gpz 5 2 0 0>, /* I2S_0_SDO[2] */
62 <&gpz 6 2 0 0>; /* I2S_0_SDO[3] */
63};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt
index e7b98f41fa5f..f47c3f589fd0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,12 @@ Optional properties:
11 11
12- gpio-reset - gpio pin number used for codec reset 12- gpio-reset - gpio pin number used for codec reset
13- ai3x-gpio-func - <array of 2 int> - AIC3X_GPIO1 & AIC3X_GPIO2 Functionality 13- ai3x-gpio-func - <array of 2 int> - AIC3X_GPIO1 & AIC3X_GPIO2 Functionality
14- ai3x-micbias-vg - MicBias Voltage required.
15 1 - MICBIAS output is powered to 2.0V,
16 2 - MICBIAS output is powered to 2.5V,
17 3 - MICBIAS output is connected to AVDD,
18 If this node is not mentioned or if the value is incorrect, then MicBias
19 is powered down.
14 20
15Example: 21Example:
16 22
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8962.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8962.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..dceb3b1c2bb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8962.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
1WM8962 audio CODEC
2
3This device supports I2C only.
4
5Required properties:
6
7 - compatible : "wlf,wm8962"
8
9 - reg : the I2C address of the device.
10
11Example:
12
13codec: wm8962@1a {
14 compatible = "wlf,wm8962";
15 reg = <0x1a>;
16};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e6222106ca36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
1Renesas MSIOF spi controller
2
3Required properties:
4- compatible : "renesas,sh-msiof" for SuperH or
5 "renesas,sh-mobile-msiof" for SH Mobile series
6- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
7- interrupts : interrupt line used by MSIOF
8
9Optional properties:
10- num-cs : total number of chip-selects
11- renesas,tx-fifo-size : Overrides the default tx fifo size given in words
12- renesas,rx-fifo-size : Overrides the default rx fifo size given in words
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/mxs-lradc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/mxs-lradc.txt
index 801d58cb6d4d..46882058b59b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/mxs-lradc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/mxs-lradc.txt
@@ -5,6 +5,12 @@ Required properties:
5- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device 5- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device
6- interrupts: Should contain the LRADC interrupts 6- interrupts: Should contain the LRADC interrupts
7 7
8Optional properties:
9- fsl,lradc-touchscreen-wires: Number of wires used to connect the touchscreen
10 to LRADC. Valid value is either 4 or 5. If this
11 property is not present, then the touchscreen is
12 disabled.
13
8Examples: 14Examples:
9 15
10 lradc@80050000 { 16 lradc@80050000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/arc-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/arc-uart.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5cae2eb686f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/arc-uart.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
1* Synopsys ARC UART : Non standard UART used in some of the ARC FPGA boards
2
3Required properties:
4- compatible : "snps,arc-uart"
5- reg : offset and length of the register set for the device.
6- interrupts : device interrupt
7- clock-frequency : the input clock frequency for the UART
8- current-speed : baud rate for UART
9
10e.g.
11
12arcuart0: serial@c0fc1000 {
13 compatible = "snps,arc-uart";
14 reg = <0xc0fc1000 0x100>;
15 interrupts = <5>;
16 clock-frequency = <80000000>;
17 current-speed = <115200>;
18 status = "okay";
19};
20
21Note: Each port should have an alias correctly numbered in "aliases" node.
22
23e.g.
24aliases {
25 serial0 = &arcuart0;
26};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/efm32-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/efm32-uart.txt
index 6588b6950a7f..8e080b893b49 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/efm32-uart.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/efm32-uart.txt
@@ -5,10 +5,16 @@ Required properties:
5- reg : Address and length of the register set 5- reg : Address and length of the register set
6- interrupts : Should contain uart interrupt 6- interrupts : Should contain uart interrupt
7 7
8Optional properties:
9- location : Decides the location of the USART I/O pins.
10 Allowed range : [0 .. 5]
11 Default: 0
12
8Example: 13Example:
9 14
10uart@0x4000c400 { 15uart@0x4000c400 {
11 compatible = "efm32,uart"; 16 compatible = "efm32,uart";
12 reg = <0x4000c400 0x400>; 17 reg = <0x4000c400 0x400>;
13 interrupts = <15>; 18 interrupts = <15>;
19 location = <0>;
14}; 20};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7a95c651ceb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
1synopsys DWC3 CORE
2
3DWC3- USB3 CONTROLLER
4
5Required properties:
6 - compatible: must be "synopsys,dwc3"
7 - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device
8 - interrupts: Interrupts used by the dwc3 controller.
9 - usb-phy : array of phandle for the PHY device
10
11Optional properties:
12 - tx-fifo-resize: determines if the FIFO *has* to be reallocated.
13
14This is usually a subnode to DWC3 glue to which it is connected.
15
16dwc3@4a030000 {
17 compatible = "synopsys,dwc3";
18 reg = <0x4a030000 0xcfff>;
19 interrupts = <0 92 4>
20 usb-phy = <&usb2_phy>, <&usb3,phy>;
21 tx-fifo-resize;
22};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt
index 29a043ecda52..1ef0ce71f8fa 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt
@@ -1,8 +1,11 @@
1OMAP GLUE 1OMAP GLUE AND OTHER OMAP SPECIFIC COMPONENTS
2 2
3OMAP MUSB GLUE 3OMAP MUSB GLUE
4 - compatible : Should be "ti,omap4-musb" or "ti,omap3-musb" 4 - compatible : Should be "ti,omap4-musb" or "ti,omap3-musb"
5 - ti,hwmods : must be "usb_otg_hs" 5 - ti,hwmods : must be "usb_otg_hs"
6 - ti,has-mailbox : to specify that omap uses an external mailbox
7 (in control module) to communicate with the musb core during device connect
8 and disconnect.
6 - multipoint : Should be "1" indicating the musb controller supports 9 - multipoint : Should be "1" indicating the musb controller supports
7 multipoint. This is a MUSB configuration-specific setting. 10 multipoint. This is a MUSB configuration-specific setting.
8 - num_eps : Specifies the number of endpoints. This is also a 11 - num_eps : Specifies the number of endpoints. This is also a
@@ -16,13 +19,19 @@ OMAP MUSB GLUE
16 - power : Should be "50". This signifies the controller can supply upto 19 - power : Should be "50". This signifies the controller can supply upto
17 100mA when operating in host mode. 20 100mA when operating in host mode.
18 21
22Optional properties:
23 - ctrl-module : phandle of the control module this glue uses to write to
24 mailbox
25
19SOC specific device node entry 26SOC specific device node entry
20usb_otg_hs: usb_otg_hs@4a0ab000 { 27usb_otg_hs: usb_otg_hs@4a0ab000 {
21 compatible = "ti,omap4-musb"; 28 compatible = "ti,omap4-musb";
22 ti,hwmods = "usb_otg_hs"; 29 ti,hwmods = "usb_otg_hs";
30 ti,has-mailbox;
23 multipoint = <1>; 31 multipoint = <1>;
24 num_eps = <16>; 32 num_eps = <16>;
25 ram_bits = <12>; 33 ram_bits = <12>;
34 ctrl-module = <&omap_control_usb>;
26}; 35};
27 36
28Board specific device node entry 37Board specific device node entry
@@ -31,3 +40,26 @@ Board specific device node entry
31 mode = <3>; 40 mode = <3>;
32 power = <50>; 41 power = <50>;
33}; 42};
43
44OMAP CONTROL USB
45
46Required properties:
47 - compatible: Should be "ti,omap-control-usb"
48 - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device. It contains
49 the address of "control_dev_conf" and "otghs_control" or "phy_power_usb"
50 depending upon omap4 or omap5.
51 - reg-names: The names of the register addresses corresponding to the registers
52 filled in "reg".
53 - ti,type: This is used to differentiate whether the control module has
54 usb mailbox or usb3 phy power. omap4 has usb mailbox in control module to
55 notify events to the musb core and omap5 has usb3 phy power register to
56 power on usb3 phy. Should be "1" if it has mailbox and "2" if it has usb3
57 phy power.
58
59omap_control_usb: omap-control-usb@4a002300 {
60 compatible = "ti,omap-control-usb";
61 reg = <0x4a002300 0x4>,
62 <0x4a00233c 0x4>;
63 reg-names = "control_dev_conf", "otghs_control";
64 ti,type = <1>;
65};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/samsung-usbphy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/samsung-usbphy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..033194934f64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/samsung-usbphy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
1* Samsung's usb phy transceiver
2
3The Samsung's phy transceiver is used for controlling usb phy for
4s3c-hsotg as well as ehci-s5p and ohci-exynos usb controllers
5across Samsung SOCs.
6TODO: Adding the PHY binding with controller(s) according to the under
7developement generic PHY driver.
8
9Required properties:
10
11Exynos4210:
12- compatible : should be "samsung,exynos4210-usbphy"
13- reg : base physical address of the phy registers and length of memory mapped
14 region.
15
16Exynos5250:
17- compatible : should be "samsung,exynos5250-usbphy"
18- reg : base physical address of the phy registers and length of memory mapped
19 region.
20
21Optional properties:
22- #address-cells: should be '1' when usbphy node has a child node with 'reg'
23 property.
24- #size-cells: should be '1' when usbphy node has a child node with 'reg'
25 property.
26- ranges: allows valid translation between child's address space and parent's
27 address space.
28
29- The child node 'usbphy-sys' to the node 'usbphy' is for the system controller
30 interface for usb-phy. It should provide the following information required by
31 usb-phy controller to control phy.
32 - reg : base physical address of PHY_CONTROL registers.
33 The size of this register is the total sum of size of all PHY_CONTROL
34 registers that the SoC has. For example, the size will be
35 '0x4' in case we have only one PHY_CONTROL register (e.g.
36 OTHERS register in S3C64XX or USB_PHY_CONTROL register in S5PV210)
37 and, '0x8' in case we have two PHY_CONTROL registers (e.g.
38 USBDEVICE_PHY_CONTROL and USBHOST_PHY_CONTROL registers in exynos4x).
39 and so on.
40
41Example:
42 - Exynos4210
43
44 usbphy@125B0000 {
45 #address-cells = <1>;
46 #size-cells = <1>;
47 compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-usbphy";
48 reg = <0x125B0000 0x100>;
49 ranges;
50
51 usbphy-sys {
52 /* USB device and host PHY_CONTROL registers */
53 reg = <0x10020704 0x8>;
54 };
55 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-phy.txt
index 80d4148cb661..61496f5cb095 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-phy.txt
@@ -4,14 +4,39 @@ OMAP USB2 PHY
4 4
5Required properties: 5Required properties:
6 - compatible: Should be "ti,omap-usb2" 6 - compatible: Should be "ti,omap-usb2"
7 - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device. Also 7 - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device.
8add the address of control module dev conf register until a driver for 8
9control module is added 9Optional properties:
10 - ctrl-module : phandle of the control module used by PHY driver to power on
11 the PHY.
10 12
11This is usually a subnode of ocp2scp to which it is connected. 13This is usually a subnode of ocp2scp to which it is connected.
12 14
13usb2phy@4a0ad080 { 15usb2phy@4a0ad080 {
14 compatible = "ti,omap-usb2"; 16 compatible = "ti,omap-usb2";
15 reg = <0x4a0ad080 0x58>, 17 reg = <0x4a0ad080 0x58>;
16 <0x4a002300 0x4>; 18 ctrl-module = <&omap_control_usb>;
19};
20
21OMAP USB3 PHY
22
23Required properties:
24 - compatible: Should be "ti,omap-usb3"
25 - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device.
26 - reg-names: The names of the register addresses corresponding to the registers
27 filled in "reg".
28
29Optional properties:
30 - ctrl-module : phandle of the control module used by PHY driver to power on
31 the PHY.
32
33This is usually a subnode of ocp2scp to which it is connected.
34
35usb3phy@4a084400 {
36 compatible = "ti,omap-usb3";
37 reg = <0x4a084400 0x80>,
38 <0x4a084800 0x64>,
39 <0x4a084c00 0x40>;
40 reg-names = "phy_rx", "phy_tx", "pll_ctrl";
41 ctrl-module = <&omap_control_usb>;
17}; 42};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb3503.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb3503.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6813a715fc7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb3503.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
1SMSC USB3503 High-Speed Hub Controller
2
3Required properties:
4- compatible: Should be "smsc,usb3503".
5- reg: Specifies the i2c slave address, it should be 0x08.
6- connect-gpios: Should specify GPIO for connect.
7- intn-gpios: Should specify GPIO for interrupt.
8- reset-gpios: Should specify GPIO for reset.
9- initial-mode: Should specify initial mode.
10 (1 for HUB mode, 2 for STANDBY mode)
11
12Examples:
13 usb3503@08 {
14 compatible = "smsc,usb3503";
15 reg = <0x08>;
16 connect-gpios = <&gpx3 0 1>;
17 intn-gpios = <&gpx3 4 1>;
18 reset-gpios = <&gpx3 5 1>;
19 initial-mode = <1>;
20 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
index 902b1b1f568e..19e1ef73ab0d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ bosch Bosch Sensortec GmbH
14brcm Broadcom Corporation 14brcm Broadcom Corporation
15cavium Cavium, Inc. 15cavium Cavium, Inc.
16chrp Common Hardware Reference Platform 16chrp Common Hardware Reference Platform
17cirrus Cirrus Logic, Inc.
17cortina Cortina Systems, Inc. 18cortina Cortina Systems, Inc.
18dallas Maxim Integrated Products (formerly Dallas Semiconductor) 19dallas Maxim Integrated Products (formerly Dallas Semiconductor)
19denx Denx Software Engineering 20denx Denx Software Engineering
@@ -42,6 +43,7 @@ powervr PowerVR (deprecated, use img)
42qcom Qualcomm, Inc. 43qcom Qualcomm, Inc.
43ramtron Ramtron International 44ramtron Ramtron International
44realtek Realtek Semiconductor Corp. 45realtek Realtek Semiconductor Corp.
46renesas Renesas Electronics Corporation
45samsung Samsung Semiconductor 47samsung Samsung Semiconductor
46sbs Smart Battery System 48sbs Smart Battery System
47schindler Schindler 49schindler Schindler
@@ -50,8 +52,10 @@ simtek
50sirf SiRF Technology, Inc. 52sirf SiRF Technology, Inc.
51snps Synopsys, Inc. 53snps Synopsys, Inc.
52st STMicroelectronics 54st STMicroelectronics
55ste ST-Ericsson
53stericsson ST-Ericsson 56stericsson ST-Ericsson
54ti Texas Instruments 57ti Texas Instruments
58toshiba Toshiba Corporation
55via VIA Technologies, Inc. 59via VIA Technologies, Inc.
56wlf Wolfson Microelectronics 60wlf Wolfson Microelectronics
57wm Wondermedia Technologies, Inc. 61wm Wondermedia Technologies, Inc.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.txt
index 79ead8263ae4..ce0d8e78ed8f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.txt
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
2 2
3The Samsung's Watchdog controller is used for resuming system operation 3The Samsung's Watchdog controller is used for resuming system operation
4after a preset amount of time during which the WDT reset event has not 4after a preset amount of time during which the WDT reset event has not
5occured. 5occurred.
6 6
7Required properties: 7Required properties:
8- compatible : should be "samsung,s3c2410-wdt" 8- compatible : should be "samsung,s3c2410-wdt"
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt
index 43cff70465ab..b4671459857f 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt
+++ b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt
@@ -266,7 +266,8 @@ IOMAP
266 devm_ioremap() 266 devm_ioremap()
267 devm_ioremap_nocache() 267 devm_ioremap_nocache()
268 devm_iounmap() 268 devm_iounmap()
269 devm_request_and_ioremap() : checks resource, requests region, ioremaps 269 devm_ioremap_resource() : checks resource, requests memory region, ioremaps
270 devm_request_and_ioremap() : obsoleted by devm_ioremap_resource()
270 pcim_iomap() 271 pcim_iomap()
271 pcim_iounmap() 272 pcim_iounmap()
272 pcim_iomap_table() : array of mapped addresses indexed by BAR 273 pcim_iomap_table() : array of mapped addresses indexed by BAR
@@ -288,3 +289,7 @@ PINCTRL
288PWM 289PWM
289 devm_pwm_get() 290 devm_pwm_get()
290 devm_pwm_put() 291 devm_pwm_put()
292
293PHY
294 devm_usb_get_phy()
295 devm_usb_put_phy()
diff --git a/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt b/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt
index 6e1684981da2..72322c6d7352 100644
--- a/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt
+++ b/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt
@@ -6,8 +6,16 @@ This document describes how to use the dynamic debug (dyndbg) feature.
6 6
7Dynamic debug is designed to allow you to dynamically enable/disable 7Dynamic debug is designed to allow you to dynamically enable/disable
8kernel code to obtain additional kernel information. Currently, if 8kernel code to obtain additional kernel information. Currently, if
9CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG is set, then all pr_debug()/dev_dbg() calls can 9CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG is set, then all pr_debug()/dev_dbg() and
10be dynamically enabled per-callsite. 10print_hex_dump_debug()/print_hex_dump_bytes() calls can be dynamically
11enabled per-callsite.
12
13If CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG is not set, print_hex_dump_debug() is just
14shortcut for print_hex_dump(KERN_DEBUG).
15
16For print_hex_dump_debug()/print_hex_dump_bytes(), format string is
17its 'prefix_str' argument, if it is constant string; or "hexdump"
18in case 'prefix_str' is build dynamically.
11 19
12Dynamic debug has even more useful features: 20Dynamic debug has even more useful features:
13 21
@@ -202,6 +210,9 @@ The flags are:
202 t Include thread ID in messages not generated from interrupt context 210 t Include thread ID in messages not generated from interrupt context
203 _ No flags are set. (Or'd with others on input) 211 _ No flags are set. (Or'd with others on input)
204 212
213For print_hex_dump_debug() and print_hex_dump_bytes(), only 'p' flag
214have meaning, other flags ignored.
215
205For display, the flags are preceded by '=' 216For display, the flags are preceded by '='
206(mnemonic: what the flags are currently equal to). 217(mnemonic: what the flags are currently equal to).
207 218
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/coretemp b/Documentation/hwmon/coretemp
index 3374c085678d..fec5a9bf755f 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/coretemp
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/coretemp
@@ -66,6 +66,7 @@ Process Processor TjMax(C)
66 i5 3470T 91 66 i5 3470T 91
67 67
6832nm Core i3/i5/i7 Processors 6832nm Core i3/i5/i7 Processors
69 i7 2600 98
69 i7 660UM/640/620, 640LM/620, 620M, 610E 105 70 i7 660UM/640/620, 640LM/620, 620M, 610E 105
70 i5 540UM/520/430, 540M/520/450/430 105 71 i5 540UM/520/430, 540M/520/450/430 105
71 i3 330E, 370M/350/330 90 rPGA, 105 BGA 72 i3 330E, 370M/350/330 90 rPGA, 105 BGA
@@ -79,7 +80,10 @@ Process Processor TjMax(C)
79 P4505/P4500 90 80 P4505/P4500 90
80 81
8132nm Atom Processors 8232nm Atom Processors
83 S1260/1220 95
84 S1240 102
82 Z2460 90 85 Z2460 90
86 Z2760 90
83 D2700/2550/2500 100 87 D2700/2550/2500 100
84 N2850/2800/2650/2600 100 88 N2850/2800/2650/2600 100
85 89
@@ -98,6 +102,7 @@ Process Processor TjMax(C)
98 102
9945nm Atom Processors 10345nm Atom Processors
100 D525/510/425/410 100 104 D525/510/425/410 100
105 K525/510/425/410 100
101 Z670/650 90 106 Z670/650 90
102 Z560/550/540/530P/530/520PT/520/515/510PT/510P 90 107 Z560/550/540/530P/530/520PT/520/515/510PT/510P 90
103 Z510/500 90 108 Z510/500 90
@@ -107,7 +112,11 @@ Process Processor TjMax(C)
107 330/230 125 112 330/230 125
108 E680/660/640/620 90 113 E680/660/640/620 90
109 E680T/660T/640T/620T 110 114 E680T/660T/640T/620T 110
115 E665C/645C 90
116 E665CT/645CT 110
110 CE4170/4150/4110 110 117 CE4170/4150/4110 110
118 CE4200 series unknown
119 CE5300 series unknown
111 120
11245nm Core2 Processors 12145nm Core2 Processors
113 Solo ULV SU3500/3300 100 122 Solo ULV SU3500/3300 100
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ina209 b/Documentation/hwmon/ina209
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..672501de4509
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ina209
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
1Kernel driver ina209
2=====================
3
4Supported chips:
5 * Burr-Brown / Texas Instruments INA209
6 Prefix: 'ina209'
7 Addresses scanned: -
8 Datasheet:
9 http://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/ina209
10
11Author: Paul Hays <Paul.Hays@cattail.ca>
12Author: Ira W. Snyder <iws@ovro.caltech.edu>
13Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
14
15
16Description
17-----------
18
19The TI / Burr-Brown INA209 monitors voltage, current, and power on the high side
20of a D.C. power supply. It can perform measurements and calculations in the
21background to supply readings at any time. It includes a programmable
22calibration multiplier to scale the displayed current and power values.
23
24
25Sysfs entries
26-------------
27
28The INA209 chip is highly configurable both via hardwiring and via
29the I2C bus. See the datasheet for details.
30
31This tries to expose most monitoring features of the hardware via
32sysfs. It does not support every feature of this chip.
33
34
35in0_input shunt voltage (mV)
36in0_input_highest shunt voltage historical maximum reading (mV)
37in0_input_lowest shunt voltage historical minimum reading (mV)
38in0_reset_history reset shunt voltage history
39in0_max shunt voltage max alarm limit (mV)
40in0_min shunt voltage min alarm limit (mV)
41in0_crit_max shunt voltage crit max alarm limit (mV)
42in0_crit_min shunt voltage crit min alarm limit (mV)
43in0_max_alarm shunt voltage max alarm limit exceeded
44in0_min_alarm shunt voltage min alarm limit exceeded
45in0_crit_max_alarm shunt voltage crit max alarm limit exceeded
46in0_crit_min_alarm shunt voltage crit min alarm limit exceeded
47
48in1_input bus voltage (mV)
49in1_input_highest bus voltage historical maximum reading (mV)
50in1_input_lowest bus voltage historical minimum reading (mV)
51in1_reset_history reset bus voltage history
52in1_max bus voltage max alarm limit (mV)
53in1_min bus voltage min alarm limit (mV)
54in1_crit_max bus voltage crit max alarm limit (mV)
55in1_crit_min bus voltage crit min alarm limit (mV)
56in1_max_alarm bus voltage max alarm limit exceeded
57in1_min_alarm bus voltage min alarm limit exceeded
58in1_crit_max_alarm bus voltage crit max alarm limit exceeded
59in1_crit_min_alarm bus voltage crit min alarm limit exceeded
60
61power1_input power measurement (uW)
62power1_input_highest power historical maximum reading (uW)
63power1_reset_history reset power history
64power1_max power max alarm limit (uW)
65power1_crit power crit alarm limit (uW)
66power1_max_alarm power max alarm limit exceeded
67power1_crit_alarm power crit alarm limit exceeded
68
69curr1_input current measurement (mA)
70
71update_interval data conversion time; affects number of samples used
72 to average results for shunt and bus voltages.
73
74General Remarks
75---------------
76
77The power and current registers in this chip require that the calibration
78register is programmed correctly before they are used. Normally this is expected
79to be done in the BIOS. In the absence of BIOS programming, the shunt resistor
80voltage can be provided using platform data. The driver uses platform data from
81the ina2xx driver for this purpose. If calibration register data is not provided
82via platform data, the driver checks if the calibration register has been
83programmed (ie has a value not equal to zero). If so, this value is retained.
84Otherwise, a default value reflecting a shunt resistor value of 10 mOhm is
85programmed into the calibration register.
86
87
88Output Pins
89-----------
90
91Output pin programming is a board feature which depends on the BIOS. It is
92outside the scope of a hardware monitoring driver to enable or disable output
93pins.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/it87 b/Documentation/hwmon/it87
index 8386aadc0a82..c263740f0cba 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/it87
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/it87
@@ -30,6 +30,14 @@ Supported chips:
30 Prefix: 'it8728' 30 Prefix: 'it8728'
31 Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports) 31 Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
32 Datasheet: Not publicly available 32 Datasheet: Not publicly available
33 * IT8771E
34 Prefix: 'it8771'
35 Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
36 Datasheet: Not publicly available
37 * IT8772E
38 Prefix: 'it8772'
39 Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
40 Datasheet: Not publicly available
33 * IT8782F 41 * IT8782F
34 Prefix: 'it8782' 42 Prefix: 'it8782'
35 Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports) 43 Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
@@ -83,8 +91,8 @@ Description
83----------- 91-----------
84 92
85This driver implements support for the IT8705F, IT8712F, IT8716F, 93This driver implements support for the IT8705F, IT8712F, IT8716F,
86IT8718F, IT8720F, IT8721F, IT8726F, IT8728F, IT8758E, IT8781F, IT8782F, 94IT8718F, IT8720F, IT8721F, IT8726F, IT8728F, IT8758E, IT8771E, IT8772E,
87IT8783E/F, and SiS950 chips. 95IT8782F, IT8783E/F, and SiS950 chips.
88 96
89These chips are 'Super I/O chips', supporting floppy disks, infrared ports, 97These chips are 'Super I/O chips', supporting floppy disks, infrared ports,
90joysticks and other miscellaneous stuff. For hardware monitoring, they 98joysticks and other miscellaneous stuff. For hardware monitoring, they
@@ -118,8 +126,8 @@ The IT8726F is just bit enhanced IT8716F with additional hardware
118for AMD power sequencing. Therefore the chip will appear as IT8716F 126for AMD power sequencing. Therefore the chip will appear as IT8716F
119to userspace applications. 127to userspace applications.
120 128
121The IT8728F is considered compatible with the IT8721F, until a datasheet 129The IT8728F, IT8771E, and IT8772E are considered compatible with the IT8721F,
122becomes available (hopefully.) 130until a datasheet becomes available (hopefully.)
123 131
124Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. An alarm is triggered once 132Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. An alarm is triggered once
125when the Overtemperature Shutdown limit is crossed. 133when the Overtemperature Shutdown limit is crossed.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/jc42 b/Documentation/hwmon/jc42
index 66ecb9fc8246..165077121238 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/jc42
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/jc42
@@ -17,12 +17,13 @@ Supported chips:
17 * Maxim MAX6604 17 * Maxim MAX6604
18 Datasheets: 18 Datasheets:
19 http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX6604.pdf 19 http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX6604.pdf
20 * Microchip MCP9804, MCP9805, MCP98242, MCP98243, MCP9843 20 * Microchip MCP9804, MCP9805, MCP98242, MCP98243, MCP98244, MCP9843
21 Datasheets: 21 Datasheets:
22 http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/22203C.pdf 22 http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/22203C.pdf
23 http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/21977b.pdf 23 http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/21977b.pdf
24 http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/21996a.pdf 24 http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/21996a.pdf
25 http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/22153c.pdf 25 http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/22153c.pdf
26 http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/22327A.pdf
26 * NXP Semiconductors SE97, SE97B, SE98, SE98A 27 * NXP Semiconductors SE97, SE97B, SE98, SE98A
27 Datasheets: 28 Datasheets:
28 http://www.nxp.com/documents/data_sheet/SE97.pdf 29 http://www.nxp.com/documents/data_sheet/SE97.pdf
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm73 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm73
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8af059dcb642
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm73
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
1Kernel driver lm73
2==================
3
4Supported chips:
5 * Texas Instruments LM73
6 Prefix: 'lm73'
7 Addresses scanned: I2C 0x48, 0x49, 0x4a, 0x4c, 0x4d, and 0x4e
8 Datasheet: Publicly available at the Texas Instruments website
9 http://www.ti.com/product/lm73
10
11Author: Guillaume Ligneul <guillaume.ligneul@gmail.com>
12Documentation: Chris Verges <kg4ysn@gmail.com>
13
14
15Description
16-----------
17
18The LM73 is a digital temperature sensor. All temperature values are
19given in degrees Celsius.
20
21Measurement Resolution Support
22------------------------------
23
24The LM73 supports four resolutions, defined in terms of degrees C per
25LSB: 0.25, 0.125, 0.0625, and 0.3125. Changing the resolution mode
26affects the conversion time of the LM73's analog-to-digital converter.
27From userspace, the desired resolution can be specified as a function of
28conversion time via the 'update_interval' sysfs attribute for the
29device. This attribute will normalize ranges of input values to the
30maximum times defined for the resolution in the datasheet.
31
32 Resolution Conv. Time Input Range
33 (C/LSB) (msec) (msec)
34 --------------------------------------
35 0.25 14 0..14
36 0.125 28 15..28
37 0.0625 56 29..56
38 0.03125 112 57..infinity
39 --------------------------------------
40
41The following examples show how the 'update_interval' attribute can be
42used to change the conversion time:
43
44 $ echo 0 > update_interval
45 $ cat update_interval
46 14
47 $ cat temp1_input
48 24250
49
50 $ echo 22 > update_interval
51 $ cat update_interval
52 28
53 $ cat temp1_input
54 24125
55
56 $ echo 56 > update_interval
57 $ cat update_interval
58 56
59 $ cat temp1_input
60 24062
61
62 $ echo 85 > update_interval
63 $ cat update_interval
64 112
65 $ cat temp1_input
66 24031
67
68As shown here, the lm73 driver automatically adjusts any user input for
69'update_interval' via a step function. Reading back the
70'update_interval' value after a write operation will confirm the
71conversion time actively in use.
72
73Mathematically, the resolution can be derived from the conversion time
74via the following function:
75
76 g(x) = 0.250 * [log(x/14) / log(2)]
77
78where 'x' is the output from 'update_interval' and 'g(x)' is the
79resolution in degrees C per LSB.
80
81Alarm Support
82-------------
83
84The LM73 features a simple over-temperature alarm mechanism. This
85feature is exposed via the sysfs attributes.
86
87The attributes 'temp1_max_alarm' and 'temp1_min_alarm' are flags
88provided by the LM73 that indicate whether the measured temperature has
89passed the 'temp1_max' and 'temp1_min' thresholds, respectively. These
90values _must_ be read to clear the registers on the LM73.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max34440 b/Documentation/hwmon/max34440
index 04482226db20..47651ff341ae 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/max34440
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max34440
@@ -16,6 +16,16 @@ Supported chips:
16 Prefixes: 'max34446' 16 Prefixes: 'max34446'
17 Addresses scanned: - 17 Addresses scanned: -
18 Datasheet: http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX34446.pdf 18 Datasheet: http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX34446.pdf
19 * Maxim MAX34460
20 PMBus 12-Channel Voltage Monitor & Sequencer
21 Prefix: 'max34460'
22 Addresses scanned: -
23 Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX34460.pdf
24 * Maxim MAX34461
25 PMBus 16-Channel Voltage Monitor & Sequencer
26 Prefix: 'max34461'
27 Addresses scanned: -
28 Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX34461.pdf
19 29
20Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com> 30Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
21 31
@@ -26,6 +36,9 @@ Description
26This driver supports hardware montoring for Maxim MAX34440 PMBus 6-Channel 36This driver supports hardware montoring for Maxim MAX34440 PMBus 6-Channel
27Power-Supply Manager, MAX34441 PMBus 5-Channel Power-Supply Manager 37Power-Supply Manager, MAX34441 PMBus 5-Channel Power-Supply Manager
28and Intelligent Fan Controller, and MAX34446 PMBus Power-Supply Data Logger. 38and Intelligent Fan Controller, and MAX34446 PMBus Power-Supply Data Logger.
39It also supports the MAX34460 and MAX34461 PMBus Voltage Monitor & Sequencers.
40The MAX34460 supports 12 voltage channels, and the MAX34461 supports 16 voltage
41channels.
29 42
30The driver is a client driver to the core PMBus driver. Please see 43The driver is a client driver to the core PMBus driver. Please see
31Documentation/hwmon/pmbus for details on PMBus client drivers. 44Documentation/hwmon/pmbus for details on PMBus client drivers.
@@ -109,3 +122,6 @@ temp[1-8]_reset_history Write any value to reset history.
109 122
110 temp7 and temp8 attributes only exist for MAX34440. 123 temp7 and temp8 attributes only exist for MAX34440.
111 MAX34446 only supports temp[1-3]. 124 MAX34446 only supports temp[1-3].
125
126MAX34460 supports attribute groups in[1-12] and temp[1-5].
127MAX34461 supports attribute groups in[1-16] and temp[1-5].
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max6697 b/Documentation/hwmon/max6697
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6594177ededa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max6697
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
1Kernel driver max6697
2=====================
3
4Supported chips:
5 * Maxim MAX6581
6 Prefix: 'max6581'
7 Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6581.pdf
8 * Maxim MAX6602
9 Prefix: 'max6602'
10 Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6602.pdf
11 * Maxim MAX6622
12 Prefix: 'max6622'
13 Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6622.pdf
14 * Maxim MAX6636
15 Prefix: 'max6636'
16 Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6636.pdf
17 * Maxim MAX6689
18 Prefix: 'max6689'
19 Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6689.pdf
20 * Maxim MAX6693
21 Prefix: 'max6693'
22 Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6693.pdf
23 * Maxim MAX6694
24 Prefix: 'max6694'
25 Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6694.pdf
26 * Maxim MAX6697
27 Prefix: 'max6697'
28 Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6697.pdf
29 * Maxim MAX6698
30 Prefix: 'max6698'
31 Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6698.pdf
32 * Maxim MAX6699
33 Prefix: 'max6699'
34 Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX6699.pdf
35
36Author:
37 Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
38
39Description
40-----------
41
42This driver implements support for several MAX6697 compatible temperature sensor
43chips. The chips support one local temperature sensor plus four, six, or seven
44remote temperature sensors. Remote temperature sensors are diode-connected
45thermal transitors, except for MAX6698 which supports three diode-connected
46thermal transistors plus three thermistors in addition to the local temperature
47sensor.
48
49The driver provides the following sysfs attributes. temp1 is the local (chip)
50temperature, temp[2..n] are remote temperatures. The actually supported
51per-channel attributes are chip type and channel dependent.
52
53tempX_input RO temperature
54tempX_max RW temperature maximum threshold
55tempX_max_alarm RO temperature maximum threshold alarm
56tempX_crit RW temperature critical threshold
57tempX_crit_alarm RO temperature critical threshold alarm
58tempX_fault RO temperature diode fault (remote sensors only)
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface b/Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface
index 1f4dd855a299..79f8257dd790 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface
@@ -722,14 +722,14 @@ add/subtract if it has been divided before the add/subtract.
722What to do if a value is found to be invalid, depends on the type of the 722What to do if a value is found to be invalid, depends on the type of the
723sysfs attribute that is being set. If it is a continuous setting like a 723sysfs attribute that is being set. If it is a continuous setting like a
724tempX_max or inX_max attribute, then the value should be clamped to its 724tempX_max or inX_max attribute, then the value should be clamped to its
725limits using SENSORS_LIMIT(value, min_limit, max_limit). If it is not 725limits using clamp_val(value, min_limit, max_limit). If it is not continuous
726continuous like for example a tempX_type, then when an invalid value is 726like for example a tempX_type, then when an invalid value is written,
727written, -EINVAL should be returned. 727-EINVAL should be returned.
728 728
729Example1, temp1_max, register is a signed 8 bit value (-128 - 127 degrees): 729Example1, temp1_max, register is a signed 8 bit value (-128 - 127 degrees):
730 730
731 long v = simple_strtol(buf, NULL, 10) / 1000; 731 long v = simple_strtol(buf, NULL, 10) / 1000;
732 v = SENSORS_LIMIT(v, -128, 127); 732 v = clamp_val(v, -128, 127);
733 /* write v to register */ 733 /* write v to register */
734 734
735Example2, fan divider setting, valid values 2, 4 and 8: 735Example2, fan divider setting, valid values 2, 4 and 8:
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100 b/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100
index a995b41724fd..3d924b6b59e9 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100
@@ -121,12 +121,26 @@ in1_max_alarm Input voltage high alarm.
121in1_lcrit_alarm Input voltage critical low alarm. 121in1_lcrit_alarm Input voltage critical low alarm.
122in1_crit_alarm Input voltage critical high alarm. 122in1_crit_alarm Input voltage critical high alarm.
123 123
124in2_label "vout1" 124in2_label "vmon"
125in2_input Measured output voltage. 125in2_input Measured voltage on VMON (ZL2004) or VDRV (ZL9101M,
126in2_lcrit Critical minimum output Voltage. 126 ZL9117M) pin. Reported voltage is 16x the voltage on the
127in2_crit Critical maximum output voltage. 127 pin (adjusted internally by the chip).
128in2_lcrit_alarm Critical output voltage critical low alarm. 128in2_lcrit Critical minumum VMON/VDRV Voltage.
129in2_crit_alarm Critical output voltage critical high alarm. 129in2_crit Critical maximum VMON/VDRV voltage.
130in2_lcrit_alarm VMON/VDRV voltage critical low alarm.
131in2_crit_alarm VMON/VDRV voltage critical high alarm.
132
133 vmon attributes are supported on ZL2004, ZL9101M,
134 and ZL9117M only.
135
136inX_label "vout1"
137inX_input Measured output voltage.
138inX_lcrit Critical minimum output Voltage.
139inX_crit Critical maximum output voltage.
140inX_lcrit_alarm Critical output voltage critical low alarm.
141inX_crit_alarm Critical output voltage critical high alarm.
142
143 X is 3 for ZL2004, ZL9101M, and ZL9117M, 2 otherwise.
130 144
131curr1_label "iout1" 145curr1_label "iout1"
132curr1_input Measured output current. 146curr1_input Measured output current.
diff --git a/Documentation/intel_txt.txt b/Documentation/intel_txt.txt
index 849de1a78e77..91d89c540709 100644
--- a/Documentation/intel_txt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/intel_txt.txt
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ grub.conf needs to be modified as follows:
192 192
193The kernel option for enabling Intel TXT support is found under the 193The kernel option for enabling Intel TXT support is found under the
194Security top-level menu and is called "Enable Intel(R) Trusted 194Security top-level menu and is called "Enable Intel(R) Trusted
195Execution Technology (TXT)". It is marked as EXPERIMENTAL and 195Execution Technology (TXT)". It is considered EXPERIMENTAL and
196depends on the generic x86 support (to allow maximum flexibility in 196depends on the generic x86 support (to allow maximum flexibility in
197kernel build options), since the tboot code will detect whether the 197kernel build options), since the tboot code will detect whether the
198platform actually supports Intel TXT and thus whether any of the 198platform actually supports Intel TXT and thus whether any of the
diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
index 2152b0e7237d..3210540f8bd3 100644
--- a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments
179'V' C0 media/davinci/vpfe_capture.h conflict! 179'V' C0 media/davinci/vpfe_capture.h conflict!
180'V' C0 media/si4713.h conflict! 180'V' C0 media/si4713.h conflict!
181'W' 00-1F linux/watchdog.h conflict! 181'W' 00-1F linux/watchdog.h conflict!
182'W' 00-1F linux/wanrouter.h conflict! 182'W' 00-1F linux/wanrouter.h conflict! (pre 3.9)
183'W' 00-3F sound/asound.h conflict! 183'W' 00-3F sound/asound.h conflict!
184'X' all fs/xfs/xfs_fs.h conflict! 184'X' all fs/xfs/xfs_fs.h conflict!
185 and fs/xfs/linux-2.6/xfs_ioctl32.h 185 and fs/xfs/linux-2.6/xfs_ioctl32.h
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
index 14c3f4f1b617..5198b742fde1 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
@@ -1186,6 +1186,29 @@ When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly):
1186 clean-files += *.dtb 1186 clean-files += *.dtb
1187 DTC_FLAGS ?= -p 1024 1187 DTC_FLAGS ?= -p 1024
1188 1188
1189 dtc_cpp
1190 This is just like dtc as describe above, except that the C pre-
1191 processor is invoked upon the .dtsp file before compiling the result
1192 with dtc.
1193
1194 In order for build dependencies to work, all files compiled using
1195 dtc_cpp must use the C pre-processor's #include functionality and not
1196 dtc's /include/ functionality.
1197
1198 Using the C pre-processor allows use of #define to create named
1199 constants. In turn, the #defines will typically appear in a header
1200 file, which may be shared with regular C code. Since the dtc language
1201 represents a data structure rather than code in C syntax, similar
1202 restrictions are placed on a header file included by a device tree
1203 file as for a header file included by an assembly language file.
1204 In particular, the C pre-processor is passed -x assembler-with-cpp,
1205 which sets macro __ASSEMBLY__. __DTS__ is also set. These allow header
1206 files to restrict their content to that compatible with device tree
1207 source.
1208
1209 A central rule exists to create $(obj)/%.dtb from $(src)/%.dtsp;
1210 architecture Makefiles do no need to explicitly write out that rule.
1211
1189--- 6.8 Custom kbuild commands 1212--- 6.8 Custom kbuild commands
1190 1213
1191 When kbuild is executing with KBUILD_VERBOSE=0, then only a shorthand 1214 When kbuild is executing with KBUILD_VERBOSE=0, then only a shorthand
diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
index 363e348bff9b..4c5b3f993bbb 100644
--- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -1039,16 +1039,11 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
1039 Claim all unknown PCI IDE storage controllers. 1039 Claim all unknown PCI IDE storage controllers.
1040 1040
1041 idle= [X86] 1041 idle= [X86]
1042 Format: idle=poll, idle=mwait, idle=halt, idle=nomwait 1042 Format: idle=poll, idle=halt, idle=nomwait
1043 Poll forces a polling idle loop that can slightly 1043 Poll forces a polling idle loop that can slightly
1044 improve the performance of waking up a idle CPU, but 1044 improve the performance of waking up a idle CPU, but
1045 will use a lot of power and make the system run hot. 1045 will use a lot of power and make the system run hot.
1046 Not recommended. 1046 Not recommended.
1047 idle=mwait: On systems which support MONITOR/MWAIT but
1048 the kernel chose to not use it because it doesn't save
1049 as much power as a normal idle loop, use the
1050 MONITOR/MWAIT idle loop anyways. Performance should be
1051 the same as idle=poll.
1052 idle=halt: Halt is forced to be used for CPU idle. 1047 idle=halt: Halt is forced to be used for CPU idle.
1053 In such case C2/C3 won't be used again. 1048 In such case C2/C3 won't be used again.
1054 idle=nomwait: Disable mwait for CPU C-states 1049 idle=nomwait: Disable mwait for CPU C-states
@@ -1131,6 +1126,11 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
1131 0 disables intel_idle and fall back on acpi_idle. 1126 0 disables intel_idle and fall back on acpi_idle.
1132 1 to 6 specify maximum depth of C-state. 1127 1 to 6 specify maximum depth of C-state.
1133 1128
1129 intel_pstate= [X86]
1130 disable
1131 Do not enable intel_pstate as the default
1132 scaling driver for the supported processors
1133
1134 intremap= [X86-64, Intel-IOMMU] 1134 intremap= [X86-64, Intel-IOMMU]
1135 on enable Interrupt Remapping (default) 1135 on enable Interrupt Remapping (default)
1136 off disable Interrupt Remapping 1136 off disable Interrupt Remapping
@@ -1886,10 +1886,6 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
1886 wfi(ARM) instruction doesn't work correctly and not to 1886 wfi(ARM) instruction doesn't work correctly and not to
1887 use it. This is also useful when using JTAG debugger. 1887 use it. This is also useful when using JTAG debugger.
1888 1888
1889 no-hlt [BUGS=X86-32] Tells the kernel that the hlt
1890 instruction doesn't work correctly and not to
1891 use it.
1892
1893 no_file_caps Tells the kernel not to honor file capabilities. The 1889 no_file_caps Tells the kernel not to honor file capabilities. The
1894 only way then for a file to be executed with privilege 1890 only way then for a file to be executed with privilege
1895 is to be setuid root or executed by root. 1891 is to be setuid root or executed by root.
@@ -2438,7 +2434,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
2438 real-time workloads. It can also improve energy 2434 real-time workloads. It can also improve energy
2439 efficiency for asymmetric multiprocessors. 2435 efficiency for asymmetric multiprocessors.
2440 2436
2441 rcu_nocbs_poll [KNL,BOOT] 2437 rcu_nocb_poll [KNL,BOOT]
2442 Rather than requiring that offloaded CPUs 2438 Rather than requiring that offloaded CPUs
2443 (specified by rcu_nocbs= above) explicitly 2439 (specified by rcu_nocbs= above) explicitly
2444 awaken the corresponding "rcuoN" kthreads, 2440 awaken the corresponding "rcuoN" kthreads,
diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt b/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt
index 9d666828915a..cf7bc6cb9719 100644
--- a/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt
@@ -1398,7 +1398,7 @@ Sysfs notes:
1398EXPERIMENTAL: UWB 1398EXPERIMENTAL: UWB
1399----------------- 1399-----------------
1400 1400
1401This feature is marked EXPERIMENTAL because it has not been extensively 1401This feature is considered EXPERIMENTAL because it has not been extensively
1402tested and validated in various ThinkPad models yet. The feature may not 1402tested and validated in various ThinkPad models yet. The feature may not
1403work as expected. USE WITH CAUTION! To use this feature, you need to supply 1403work as expected. USE WITH CAUTION! To use this feature, you need to supply
1404the experimental=1 parameter when loading the module. 1404the experimental=1 parameter when loading the module.
diff --git a/Documentation/magic-number.txt b/Documentation/magic-number.txt
index 82761a31d64d..76d80a64bbe1 100644
--- a/Documentation/magic-number.txt
+++ b/Documentation/magic-number.txt
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ SLAB_C_MAGIC 0x4f17a36d kmem_cache mm/slab.c
122COW_MAGIC 0x4f4f4f4d cow_header_v1 arch/um/drivers/ubd_user.c 122COW_MAGIC 0x4f4f4f4d cow_header_v1 arch/um/drivers/ubd_user.c
123I810_CARD_MAGIC 0x5072696E i810_card sound/oss/i810_audio.c 123I810_CARD_MAGIC 0x5072696E i810_card sound/oss/i810_audio.c
124TRIDENT_CARD_MAGIC 0x5072696E trident_card sound/oss/trident.c 124TRIDENT_CARD_MAGIC 0x5072696E trident_card sound/oss/trident.c
125ROUTER_MAGIC 0x524d4157 wan_device include/linux/wanrouter.h 125ROUTER_MAGIC 0x524d4157 wan_device [in wanrouter.h pre 3.9]
126SCC_MAGIC 0x52696368 gs_port drivers/char/scc.h 126SCC_MAGIC 0x52696368 gs_port drivers/char/scc.h
127SAVEKMSG_MAGIC1 0x53415645 savekmsg arch/*/amiga/config.c 127SAVEKMSG_MAGIC1 0x53415645 savekmsg arch/*/amiga/config.c
128GDA_MAGIC 0x58464552 gda arch/mips/include/asm/sn/gda.h 128GDA_MAGIC 0x58464552 gda arch/mips/include/asm/sn/gda.h
diff --git a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt
index 3c4e1b3b80a1..fa5d8a9ae205 100644
--- a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt
+++ b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt
@@ -1685,6 +1685,7 @@ explicit lock operations, described later). These include:
1685 1685
1686 xchg(); 1686 xchg();
1687 cmpxchg(); 1687 cmpxchg();
1688 atomic_xchg();
1688 atomic_cmpxchg(); 1689 atomic_cmpxchg();
1689 atomic_inc_return(); 1690 atomic_inc_return();
1690 atomic_dec_return(); 1691 atomic_dec_return();
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX b/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX
index 2cc3c7733a2f..258d9b92c36f 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX
@@ -52,8 +52,6 @@ de4x5.txt
52 - the Digital EtherWORKS DE4?? and DE5?? PCI Ethernet driver 52 - the Digital EtherWORKS DE4?? and DE5?? PCI Ethernet driver
53decnet.txt 53decnet.txt
54 - info on using the DECnet networking layer in Linux. 54 - info on using the DECnet networking layer in Linux.
55depca.txt
56 - the Digital DEPCA/EtherWORKS DE1?? and DE2?? LANCE Ethernet driver
57dl2k.txt 55dl2k.txt
58 - README for D-Link DL2000-based Gigabit Ethernet Adapters (dl2k.ko). 56 - README for D-Link DL2000-based Gigabit Ethernet Adapters (dl2k.ko).
59dm9000.txt 57dm9000.txt
@@ -72,8 +70,6 @@ e1000e.txt
72 - README for the Intel Gigabit Ethernet Driver (e1000e). 70 - README for the Intel Gigabit Ethernet Driver (e1000e).
73eql.txt 71eql.txt
74 - serial IP load balancing 72 - serial IP load balancing
75ewrk3.txt
76 - the Digital EtherWORKS 3 DE203/4/5 Ethernet driver
77fib_trie.txt 73fib_trie.txt
78 - Level Compressed Trie (LC-trie) notes: a structure for routing. 74 - Level Compressed Trie (LC-trie) notes: a structure for routing.
79filter.txt 75filter.txt
@@ -126,8 +122,6 @@ ltpc.txt
126 - the Apple or Farallon LocalTalk PC card driver 122 - the Apple or Farallon LocalTalk PC card driver
127mac80211-injection.txt 123mac80211-injection.txt
128 - HOWTO use packet injection with mac80211 124 - HOWTO use packet injection with mac80211
129multicast.txt
130 - Behaviour of cards under Multicast
131multiqueue.txt 125multiqueue.txt
132 - HOWTO for multiqueue network device support. 126 - HOWTO for multiqueue network device support.
133netconsole.txt 127netconsole.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/DLINK.txt b/Documentation/networking/DLINK.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 55d24433d151..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/networking/DLINK.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,203 +0,0 @@
1Released 1994-06-13
2
3
4 CONTENTS:
5
6 1. Introduction.
7 2. License.
8 3. Files in this release.
9 4. Installation.
10 5. Problems and tuning.
11 6. Using the drivers with earlier releases.
12 7. Acknowledgments.
13
14
15 1. INTRODUCTION.
16
17 This is a set of Ethernet drivers for the D-Link DE-600/DE-620
18 pocket adapters, for the parallel port on a Linux based machine.
19 Some adapter "clones" will also work. Xircom is _not_ a clone...
20 These drivers _can_ be used as loadable modules,
21 and were developed for use on Linux 1.1.13 and above.
22 For use on Linux 1.0.X, or earlier releases, see below.
23
24 I have used these drivers for NFS, ftp, telnet and X-clients on
25 remote machines. Transmissions with ftp seems to work as
26 good as can be expected (i.e. > 80k bytes/sec) from a
27 parallel port...:-) Receive speeds will be about 60-80% of this.
28 Depending on your machine, somewhat higher speeds can be achieved.
29
30 All comments/fixes to Bjorn Ekwall (bj0rn@blox.se).
31
32
33 2. LICENSE.
34
35 This program is free software; you can redistribute it
36 and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
37 License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
38 version 2, or (at your option) any later version.
39
40 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
41 useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
42 warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
43 PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
44 details.
45
46 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
47 License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
48 Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA
49 02139, USA.
50
51
52 3. FILES IN THIS RELEASE.
53
54 README.DLINK This file.
55 de600.c The Source (may it be with You :-) for the DE-600
56 de620.c ditto for the DE-620
57 de620.h Macros for de620.c
58
59 If you are upgrading from the d-link tar release, there will
60 also be a "dlink-patches" file that will patch Linux 1.1.18:
61 linux/drivers/net/Makefile
62 linux/drivers/net/CONFIG
63 linux/drivers/net/MODULES
64 linux/drivers/net/Space.c
65 linux/config.in
66 Apply the patch by:
67 "cd /usr/src; patch -p0 < linux/drivers/net/dlink-patches"
68 The old source, "linux/drivers/net/d_link.c", can be removed.
69
70
71 4. INSTALLATION.
72
73 o Get the latest net binaries, according to current net.wisdom.
74
75 o Read the NET-2 and Ethernet HOWTOs and modify your setup.
76
77 o If your parallel port has a strange address or irq,
78 modify "linux/drivers/net/CONFIG" accordingly, or adjust
79 the parameters in the "tuning" section in the sources.
80
81 If you are going to use the drivers as loadable modules, do _not_
82 enable them while doing "make config", but instead make sure that
83 the drivers are included in "linux/drivers/net/MODULES".
84
85 If you are _not_ going to use the driver(s) as loadable modules,
86 but instead have them included in the kernel, remember to enable
87 the drivers while doing "make config".
88
89 o To include networking and DE600/DE620 support in your kernel:
90 # cd /linux
91 (as modules:)
92 # make config (answer yes on CONFIG_NET and CONFIG_INET)
93 (else included in the kernel:)
94 # make config (answer yes on CONFIG _NET, _INET and _DE600 or _DE620)
95 # make clean
96 # make zImage (or whatever magic you usually do)
97
98 o I use lilo to boot multiple kernels, so that I at least
99 can have one working kernel :-). If you do too, append
100 these lines to /etc/lilo/config:
101
102 image = /linux/zImage
103 label = newlinux
104 root = /dev/hda2 (or whatever YOU have...)
105
106 # /etc/lilo/install
107
108 o Do "sync" and reboot the new kernel with a D-Link
109 DE-600/DE-620 pocket adapter connected.
110
111 o The adapter can be configured with ifconfig eth?
112 where the actual number is decided by the kernel
113 when the drivers are initialized.
114
115
116 5. "PROBLEMS" AND TUNING,
117
118 o If you see error messages from the driver, and if the traffic
119 stops on the adapter, try to do "ifconfig" and "route" once
120 more, just as in "rc.inet1". This should take care of most
121 problems, including effects from power loss, or adapters that
122 aren't connected to the printer port in some way or another.
123 You can somewhat change the behaviour by enabling/disabling
124 the macro SHUTDOWN_WHEN_LOST in the "tuning" section.
125 For the DE-600 there is another macro, CHECK_LOST_DE600,
126 that you might want to read about in the "tuning" section.
127
128 o Some machines have trouble handling the parallel port and
129 the adapter at high speed. If you experience problems:
130
131 DE-600:
132 - The adapter is not recognized at boot, i.e. an Ethernet
133 address of 00:80:c8:... is not shown, try to add another
134 "; SLOW_DOWN_IO"
135 at DE600_SLOW_DOWN in the "tuning" section. As a last resort,
136 uncomment: "#define REALLY_SLOW_IO" (see <asm/io.h> for hints).
137
138 - You experience "timeout" messages: first try to add another
139 "; SLOW_DOWN_IO"
140 at DE600_SLOW_DOWN in the "tuning" section, _then_ try to
141 increase the value (original value: 5) at
142 "if (tickssofar < 5)" near line 422.
143
144 DE-620:
145 - Your parallel port might be "sluggish". To cater for
146 this, there are the macros LOWSPEED and READ_DELAY/WRITE_DELAY
147 in the "tuning" section. Your first step should be to enable
148 LOWSPEED, and after that you can "tune" the XXX_DELAY values.
149
150 o If the adapter _is_ recognized at boot but you get messages
151 about "Network Unreachable", then the problem is probably
152 _not_ with the driver. Check your net configuration instead
153 (ifconfig and route) in "rc.inet1".
154
155 o There is some rudimentary support for debugging, look at
156 the source. Use "-DDE600_DEBUG=3" or "-DDE620_DEBUG=3"
157 when compiling, or include it in "linux/drivers/net/CONFIG".
158 IF YOU HAVE PROBLEMS YOU CAN'T SOLVE: PLEASE COMPILE THE DRIVER
159 WITH DEBUGGING ENABLED, AND SEND ME THE RESULTING OUTPUT!
160
161
162 6. USING THE DRIVERS WITH EARLIER RELEASES.
163
164 The later 1.1.X releases of the Linux kernel include some
165 changes in the networking layer (a.k.a. NET3). This affects
166 these drivers in a few places. The hints that follow are
167 _not_ tested by me, since I don't have the disk space to keep
168 all releases on-line.
169 Known needed changes to date:
170 - release patchfile: some patches will fail, but they should
171 be easy to apply "by hand", since they are trivial.
172 (Space.c: d_link_init() is now called de600_probe())
173 - de600.c: change "mark_bh(NET_BH)" to "mark_bh(INET_BH)".
174 - de620.c: (maybe) change the code around "netif_rx(skb);" to be
175 similar to the code around "dev_rint(...)" in de600.c
176
177
178 7. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.
179
180 These drivers wouldn't have been done without the base
181 (and support) from Ross Biro, and D-Link Systems Inc.
182 The driver relies upon GPL-ed source from D-Link Systems Inc.
183 and from Russel Nelson at Crynwr Software <nelson@crynwr.com>.
184
185 Additional input also from:
186 Donald Becker <becker@super.org>, Alan Cox <A.Cox@swansea.ac.uk>
187 and Fred N. van Kempen <waltje@uWalt.NL.Mugnet.ORG>
188
189 DE-600 alpha release primary victim^H^H^H^H^H^Htester:
190 - Erik Proper <erikp@cs.kun.nl>.
191 Good input also from several users, most notably
192 - Mark Burton <markb@ordern.demon.co.uk>.
193
194 DE-620 alpha release victims^H^H^H^H^H^H^Htesters:
195 - J. Joshua Kopper <kopper@rtsg.mot.com>
196 - Olav Kvittem <Olav.Kvittem@uninett.no>
197 - Germano Caronni <caronni@nessie.cs.id.ethz.ch>
198 - Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@suite.sw.oz.au>
199
200
201 Happy hacking!
202
203 Bjorn Ekwall == bj0rn@blox.se
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlcnic b/Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlcnic
index e7fb2c6023bc..2ae3b64983ab 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlcnic
+++ b/Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlcnic
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
1Copyright (c) 2009-2011 QLogic Corporation 1Copyright (c) 2009-2013 QLogic Corporation
2QLogic Linux qlcnic NIC Driver 2QLogic Linux qlcnic NIC Driver
3 3
4You may modify and redistribute the device driver code under the 4You may modify and redistribute the device driver code under the
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt b/Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt
index c725d33b316f..0e190180eec8 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt
@@ -36,7 +36,6 @@ TABLE OF CONTENTS
36 4.1 Compiling the Driver as a Loadable Module 36 4.1 Compiling the Driver as a Loadable Module
37 4.2 Compiling the driver to support memory mode 37 4.2 Compiling the driver to support memory mode
38 4.3 Compiling the driver to support Rx DMA 38 4.3 Compiling the driver to support Rx DMA
39 4.4 Compiling the Driver into the Kernel
40 39
415.0 TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING 405.0 TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING
42 5.1 Known Defects and Limitations 41 5.1 Known Defects and Limitations
@@ -364,84 +363,6 @@ The compile-time optionality for DMA was removed in the 2.3 kernel
364series. DMA support is now unconditionally part of the driver. It is 363series. DMA support is now unconditionally part of the driver. It is
365enabled by the 'use_dma=1' module option. 364enabled by the 'use_dma=1' module option.
366 365
3674.4 COMPILING THE DRIVER INTO THE KERNEL
368
369If your Linux distribution already has support for the cs89x0 driver
370then simply copy the source file to the /usr/src/linux/drivers/net
371directory to replace the original ones and run the make utility to
372rebuild the kernel. See Step 3 for rebuilding the kernel.
373
374If your Linux does not include the cs89x0 driver, you need to edit three
375configuration files, copy the source file to the /usr/src/linux/drivers/net
376directory, and then run the make utility to rebuild the kernel.
377
3781. Edit the following configuration files by adding the statements as
379indicated. (When possible, try to locate the added text to the section of the
380file containing similar statements).
381
382
383a.) In /usr/src/linux/drivers/net/Config.in, add:
384
385tristate 'CS89x0 support' CONFIG_CS89x0
386
387Example:
388
389 if [ "$CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL" = "y" ]; then
390 tristate 'ICL EtherTeam 16i/32 support' CONFIG_ETH16I
391 fi
392
393 tristate 'CS89x0 support' CONFIG_CS89x0
394
395 tristate 'NE2000/NE1000 support' CONFIG_NE2000
396 if [ "$CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL" = "y" ]; then
397 tristate 'NI5210 support' CONFIG_NI52
398
399
400b.) In /usr/src/linux/drivers/net/Makefile, add the following lines:
401
402ifeq ($(CONFIG_CS89x0),y)
403L_OBJS += cs89x0.o
404else
405 ifeq ($(CONFIG_CS89x0),m)
406 M_OBJS += cs89x0.o
407 endif
408endif
409
410
411c.) In /linux/drivers/net/Space.c file, add the line:
412
413extern int cs89x0_probe(struct device *dev);
414
415
416Example:
417
418 extern int ultra_probe(struct device *dev);
419 extern int wd_probe(struct device *dev);
420 extern int el2_probe(struct device *dev);
421
422 extern int cs89x0_probe(struct device *dev);
423
424 extern int ne_probe(struct device *dev);
425 extern int hp_probe(struct device *dev);
426 extern int hp_plus_probe(struct device *dev);
427
428
429Also add:
430
431 #ifdef CONFIG_CS89x0
432 { cs89x0_probe,0 },
433 #endif
434
435
4362.) Copy the driver source files (cs89x0.c and cs89x0.h)
437into the /usr/src/linux/drivers/net directory.
438
439
4403.) Go to /usr/src/linux directory and run 'make config' followed by 'make'
441(or make bzImage) to rebuild the kernel.
442
4434.) Use the DOS 'setup' utility to disable plug and play on the NIC.
444
445 366
4465.0 TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING 3675.0 TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING
447=============================================================================== 368===============================================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/depca.txt b/Documentation/networking/depca.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 24c6b26e5658..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/networking/depca.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
1
2DE10x
3=====
4
5Memory Addresses:
6
7 SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4
864K on on on on d0000 dbfff
9 off on on on c0000 cbfff
10 off off on on e0000 ebfff
11
1232K on on off on d8000 dbfff
13 off on off on c8000 cbfff
14 off off off on e8000 ebfff
15
16DBR ROM on on dc000 dffff
17 off on cc000 cffff
18 off off ec000 effff
19
20Note that the 2K mode is set by SW3/SW4 on/off or off/off. Address
21assignment is through the RBSA register.
22
23I/O Address:
24 SW5
250x300 on
260x200 off
27
28Remote Boot:
29 SW6
30Disable on
31Enable off
32
33Remote Boot Timeout:
34 SW7
352.5min on
3630s off
37
38IRQ:
39 SW8 SW9 SW10 SW11 SW12
402 on off off off off
413 off on off off off
424 off off on off off
435 off off off on off
447 off off off off on
45
46DE20x
47=====
48
49Memory Size:
50
51 SW3 SW4
5264K on on
5332K off on
542K on off
552K off off
56
57Start Addresses:
58
59 SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4
6064K on on on on c0000 cffff
61 on off on on d0000 dffff
62 off on on on e0000 effff
63
6432K on on off off c8000 cffff
65 on off off off d8000 dffff
66 off on off off e8000 effff
67
68Illegal off off - - - -
69
70I/O Address:
71 SW5
720x300 on
730x200 off
74
75Remote Boot:
76 SW6
77Disable on
78Enable off
79
80Remote Boot Timeout:
81 SW7
822.5min on
8330s off
84
85IRQ:
86 SW8 SW9 SW10 SW11 SW12
875 on off off off off
889 off on off off off
8910 off off on off off
9011 off off off on off
9115 off off off off on
92
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ewrk3.txt b/Documentation/networking/ewrk3.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 90e9e5f16e6b..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/networking/ewrk3.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
1The EtherWORKS 3 driver in this distribution is designed to work with all
2kernels > 1.1.33 (approx) and includes tools in the 'ewrk3tools'
3subdirectory to allow set up of the card, similar to the MSDOS
4'NICSETUP.EXE' tools provided on the DOS drivers disk (type 'make' in that
5subdirectory to make the tools).
6
7The supported cards are DE203, DE204 and DE205. All other cards are NOT
8supported - refer to 'depca.c' for running the LANCE based network cards and
9'de4x5.c' for the DIGITAL Semiconductor PCI chip based adapters from
10Digital.
11
12The ability to load this driver as a loadable module has been included and
13used extensively during the driver development (to save those long reboot
14sequences). To utilise this ability, you have to do 8 things:
15
16 0) have a copy of the loadable modules code installed on your system.
17 1) copy ewrk3.c from the /linux/drivers/net directory to your favourite
18 temporary directory.
19 2) edit the source code near line 1898 to reflect the I/O address and
20 IRQ you're using.
21 3) compile ewrk3.c, but include -DMODULE in the command line to ensure
22 that the correct bits are compiled (see end of source code).
23 4) if you are wanting to add a new card, goto 5. Otherwise, recompile a
24 kernel with the ewrk3 configuration turned off and reboot.
25 5) insmod ewrk3.o
26 [Alan Cox: Changed this so you can insmod ewrk3.o irq=x io=y]
27 [Adam Kropelin: Multiple cards now supported by irq=x1,x2 io=y1,y2]
28 6) run the net startup bits for your new eth?? interface manually
29 (usually /etc/rc.inet[12] at boot time).
30 7) enjoy!
31
32 Note that autoprobing is not allowed in loadable modules - the system is
33 already up and running and you're messing with interrupts.
34
35 To unload a module, turn off the associated interface
36 'ifconfig eth?? down' then 'rmmod ewrk3'.
37
38The performance we've achieved so far has been measured through the 'ttcp'
39tool at 975kB/s. This measures the total TCP stack performance which
40includes the card, so don't expect to get much nearer the 1.25MB/s
41theoretical Ethernet rate.
42
43
44Enjoy!
45
46Dave
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/filter.txt b/Documentation/networking/filter.txt
index bbf2005270b5..cdb3e40b9d14 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/filter.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/filter.txt
@@ -17,12 +17,12 @@ creating filters.
17 17
18LSF is much simpler than BPF. One does not have to worry about 18LSF is much simpler than BPF. One does not have to worry about
19devices or anything like that. You simply create your filter 19devices or anything like that. You simply create your filter
20code, send it to the kernel via the SO_ATTACH_FILTER ioctl and 20code, send it to the kernel via the SO_ATTACH_FILTER option and
21if your filter code passes the kernel check on it, you then 21if your filter code passes the kernel check on it, you then
22immediately begin filtering data on that socket. 22immediately begin filtering data on that socket.
23 23
24You can also detach filters from your socket via the 24You can also detach filters from your socket via the
25SO_DETACH_FILTER ioctl. This will probably not be used much 25SO_DETACH_FILTER option. This will probably not be used much
26since when you close a socket that has a filter on it the 26since when you close a socket that has a filter on it the
27filter is automagically removed. The other less common case 27filter is automagically removed. The other less common case
28may be adding a different filter on the same socket where you had another 28may be adding a different filter on the same socket where you had another
@@ -31,12 +31,19 @@ the old one and placing your new one in its place, assuming your
31filter has passed the checks, otherwise if it fails the old filter 31filter has passed the checks, otherwise if it fails the old filter
32will remain on that socket. 32will remain on that socket.
33 33
34SO_LOCK_FILTER option allows to lock the filter attached to a
35socket. Once set, a filter cannot be removed or changed. This allows
36one process to setup a socket, attach a filter, lock it then drop
37privileges and be assured that the filter will be kept until the
38socket is closed.
39
34Examples 40Examples
35======== 41========
36 42
37Ioctls- 43Ioctls-
38setsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ATTACH_FILTER, &Filter, sizeof(Filter)); 44setsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ATTACH_FILTER, &Filter, sizeof(Filter));
39setsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_DETACH_FILTER, &value, sizeof(value)); 45setsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_DETACH_FILTER, &value, sizeof(value));
46setsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_LOCK_FILTER, &value, sizeof(value));
40 47
41See the BSD bpf.4 manpage and the BSD Packet Filter paper written by 48See the BSD bpf.4 manpage and the BSD Packet Filter paper written by
42Steven McCanne and Van Jacobson of Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory. 49Steven McCanne and Van Jacobson of Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
index dbca66182089..dc2dc87d2557 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
@@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ route/max_size - INTEGER
26 Maximum number of routes allowed in the kernel. Increase 26 Maximum number of routes allowed in the kernel. Increase
27 this when using large numbers of interfaces and/or routes. 27 this when using large numbers of interfaces and/or routes.
28 28
29neigh/default/gc_thresh1 - INTEGER
30 Minimum number of entries to keep. Garbage collector will not
31 purge entries if there are fewer than this number.
32 Default: 256
33
29neigh/default/gc_thresh3 - INTEGER 34neigh/default/gc_thresh3 - INTEGER
30 Maximum number of neighbor entries allowed. Increase this 35 Maximum number of neighbor entries allowed. Increase this
31 when using large numbers of interfaces and when communicating 36 when using large numbers of interfaces and when communicating
@@ -125,17 +130,6 @@ somaxconn - INTEGER
125 Defaults to 128. See also tcp_max_syn_backlog for additional tuning 130 Defaults to 128. See also tcp_max_syn_backlog for additional tuning
126 for TCP sockets. 131 for TCP sockets.
127 132
128tcp_abc - INTEGER
129 Controls Appropriate Byte Count (ABC) defined in RFC3465.
130 ABC is a way of increasing congestion window (cwnd) more slowly
131 in response to partial acknowledgments.
132 Possible values are:
133 0 increase cwnd once per acknowledgment (no ABC)
134 1 increase cwnd once per acknowledgment of full sized segment
135 2 allow increase cwnd by two if acknowledgment is
136 of two segments to compensate for delayed acknowledgments.
137 Default: 0 (off)
138
139tcp_abort_on_overflow - BOOLEAN 133tcp_abort_on_overflow - BOOLEAN
140 If listening service is too slow to accept new connections, 134 If listening service is too slow to accept new connections,
141 reset them. Default state is FALSE. It means that if overflow 135 reset them. Default state is FALSE. It means that if overflow
@@ -214,7 +208,8 @@ tcp_ecn - INTEGER
214 congestion before having to drop packets. 208 congestion before having to drop packets.
215 Possible values are: 209 Possible values are:
216 0 Disable ECN. Neither initiate nor accept ECN. 210 0 Disable ECN. Neither initiate nor accept ECN.
217 1 Always request ECN on outgoing connection attempts. 211 1 Enable ECN when requested by incoming connections and
212 also request ECN on outgoing connection attempts.
218 2 Enable ECN when requested by incoming connections 213 2 Enable ECN when requested by incoming connections
219 but do not request ECN on outgoing connections. 214 but do not request ECN on outgoing connections.
220 Default: 2 215 Default: 2
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/multicast.txt b/Documentation/networking/multicast.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index b06c8c69266f..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/networking/multicast.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
1Behaviour of Cards Under Multicast
2==================================
3
4This is how they currently behave, not what the hardware can do--for example,
5the Lance driver doesn't use its filter, even though the code for loading
6it is in the DEC Lance-based driver.
7
8The following are requirements for multicasting
9-----------------------------------------------
10AppleTalk Multicast hardware filtering not important but
11 avoid cards only doing promisc
12IP-Multicast Multicast hardware filters really help
13IP-MRoute AllMulti hardware filters are of no help
14
15
16Board Multicast AllMulti Promisc Filter
17------------------------------------------------------------------------
183c501 YES YES YES Software
193c503 YES YES YES Hardware
203c505 YES NO YES Hardware
213c507 NO NO NO N/A
223c509 YES YES YES Software
233c59x YES YES YES Software
24ac3200 YES YES YES Hardware
25apricot YES PROMISC YES Hardware
26arcnet NO NO NO N/A
27at1700 PROMISC PROMISC YES Software
28atp PROMISC PROMISC YES Software
29cs89x0 YES YES YES Software
30de4x5 YES YES YES Hardware
31de600 NO NO NO N/A
32de620 PROMISC PROMISC YES Software
33depca YES PROMISC YES Hardware
34dmfe YES YES YES Software(*)
35e2100 YES YES YES Hardware
36eepro YES PROMISC YES Hardware
37eexpress NO NO NO N/A
38ewrk3 YES PROMISC YES Hardware
39hp-plus YES YES YES Hardware
40hp YES YES YES Hardware
41hp100 YES YES YES Hardware
42ibmtr NO NO NO N/A
43ioc3-eth YES YES YES Hardware
44lance YES YES YES Software(#)
45ne YES YES YES Hardware
46ni52 <------------------ Buggy ------------------>
47ni65 YES YES YES Software(#)
48seeq NO NO NO N/A
49sgiseek <------------------ Buggy ------------------>
50smc-ultra YES YES YES Hardware
51sunlance YES YES YES Hardware
52tulip YES YES YES Hardware
53wavelan YES PROMISC YES Hardware
54wd YES YES YES Hardware
55xirc2ps_cs YES YES YES Hardware
56znet YES YES YES Software
57
58
59PROMISC = This multicast mode is in fact promiscuous mode. Avoid using
60cards who go PROMISC on any multicast in a multicast kernel.
61
62(#) = Hardware multicast support is not used yet.
63(*) = Hardware support for Davicom 9132 chipset only.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt b/Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt
index 2e9e0ae2cd45..a5d574a9ae09 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt
@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
1 1
2started by Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>, 2001.09.17 2started by Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>, 2001.09.17
32.6 port and netpoll api by Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>, Sep 9 2003 32.6 port and netpoll api by Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>, Sep 9 2003
4IPv6 support by Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>, Jan 1 2013
4 5
5Please send bug reports to Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> 6Please send bug reports to Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
6and Satyam Sharma <satyam.sharma@gmail.com> 7Satyam Sharma <satyam.sharma@gmail.com>, and Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
7 8
8Introduction: 9Introduction:
9============= 10=============
@@ -41,6 +42,10 @@ Examples:
41 42
42 insmod netconsole netconsole=@/,@10.0.0.2/ 43 insmod netconsole netconsole=@/,@10.0.0.2/
43 44
45 or using IPv6
46
47 insmod netconsole netconsole=@/,@fd00:1:2:3::1/
48
44It also supports logging to multiple remote agents by specifying 49It also supports logging to multiple remote agents by specifying
45parameters for the multiple agents separated by semicolons and the 50parameters for the multiple agents separated by semicolons and the
46complete string enclosed in "quotes", thusly: 51complete string enclosed in "quotes", thusly:
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/nf_conntrack-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/nf_conntrack-sysctl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..70da5086153d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/networking/nf_conntrack-sysctl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
1/proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_* Variables:
2
3nf_conntrack_acct - BOOLEAN
4 0 - disabled (default)
5 not 0 - enabled
6
7 Enable connection tracking flow accounting. 64-bit byte and packet
8 counters per flow are added.
9
10nf_conntrack_buckets - INTEGER (read-only)
11 Size of hash table. If not specified as parameter during module
12 loading, the default size is calculated by dividing total memory
13 by 16384 to determine the number of buckets but the hash table will
14 never have fewer than 32 or more than 16384 buckets.
15
16nf_conntrack_checksum - BOOLEAN
17 0 - disabled
18 not 0 - enabled (default)
19
20 Verify checksum of incoming packets. Packets with bad checksums are
21 in INVALID state. If this is enabled, such packets will not be
22 considered for connection tracking.
23
24nf_conntrack_count - INTEGER (read-only)
25 Number of currently allocated flow entries.
26
27nf_conntrack_events - BOOLEAN
28 0 - disabled
29 not 0 - enabled (default)
30
31 If this option is enabled, the connection tracking code will
32 provide userspace with connection tracking events via ctnetlink.
33
34nf_conntrack_events_retry_timeout - INTEGER (seconds)
35 default 15
36
37 This option is only relevant when "reliable connection tracking
38 events" are used. Normally, ctnetlink is "lossy", that is,
39 events are normally dropped when userspace listeners can't keep up.
40
41 Userspace can request "reliable event mode". When this mode is
42 active, the conntrack will only be destroyed after the event was
43 delivered. If event delivery fails, the kernel periodically
44 re-tries to send the event to userspace.
45
46 This is the maximum interval the kernel should use when re-trying
47 to deliver the destroy event.
48
49 A higher number means there will be fewer delivery retries and it
50 will take longer for a backlog to be processed.
51
52nf_conntrack_expect_max - INTEGER
53 Maximum size of expectation table. Default value is
54 nf_conntrack_buckets / 256. Minimum is 1.
55
56nf_conntrack_frag6_high_thresh - INTEGER
57 default 262144
58
59 Maximum memory used to reassemble IPv6 fragments. When
60 nf_conntrack_frag6_high_thresh bytes of memory is allocated for this
61 purpose, the fragment handler will toss packets until
62 nf_conntrack_frag6_low_thresh is reached.
63
64nf_conntrack_frag6_low_thresh - INTEGER
65 default 196608
66
67 See nf_conntrack_frag6_low_thresh
68
69nf_conntrack_frag6_timeout - INTEGER (seconds)
70 default 60
71
72 Time to keep an IPv6 fragment in memory.
73
74nf_conntrack_generic_timeout - INTEGER (seconds)
75 default 600
76
77 Default for generic timeout. This refers to layer 4 unknown/unsupported
78 protocols.
79
80nf_conntrack_helper - BOOLEAN
81 0 - disabled
82 not 0 - enabled (default)
83
84 Enable automatic conntrack helper assignment.
85
86nf_conntrack_icmp_timeout - INTEGER (seconds)
87 default 30
88
89 Default for ICMP timeout.
90
91nf_conntrack_icmpv6_timeout - INTEGER (seconds)
92 default 30
93
94 Default for ICMP6 timeout.
95
96nf_conntrack_log_invalid - INTEGER
97 0 - disable (default)
98 1 - log ICMP packets
99 6 - log TCP packets
100 17 - log UDP packets
101 33 - log DCCP packets
102 41 - log ICMPv6 packets
103 136 - log UDPLITE packets
104 255 - log packets of any protocol
105
106 Log invalid packets of a type specified by value.
107
108nf_conntrack_max - INTEGER
109 Size of connection tracking table. Default value is
110 nf_conntrack_buckets value * 4.
111
112nf_conntrack_tcp_be_liberal - BOOLEAN
113 0 - disabled (default)
114 not 0 - enabled
115
116 Be conservative in what you do, be liberal in what you accept from others.
117 If it's non-zero, we mark only out of window RST segments as INVALID.
118
119nf_conntrack_tcp_loose - BOOLEAN
120 0 - disabled
121 not 0 - enabled (default)
122
123 If it is set to zero, we disable picking up already established
124 connections.
125
126nf_conntrack_tcp_max_retrans - INTEGER
127 default 3
128
129 Maximum number of packets that can be retransmitted without
130 received an (acceptable) ACK from the destination. If this number
131 is reached, a shorter timer will be started.
132
133nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_close - INTEGER (seconds)
134 default 10
135
136nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_close_wait - INTEGER (seconds)
137 default 60
138
139nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_established - INTEGER (seconds)
140 default 432000 (5 days)
141
142nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_fin_wait - INTEGER (seconds)
143 default 120
144
145nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_last_ack - INTEGER (seconds)
146 default 30
147
148nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_max_retrans - INTEGER (seconds)
149 default 300
150
151nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_syn_recv - INTEGER (seconds)
152 default 60
153
154nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_syn_sent - INTEGER (seconds)
155 default 120
156
157nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_time_wait - INTEGER (seconds)
158 default 120
159
160nf_conntrack_tcp_timeout_unacknowledged - INTEGER (seconds)
161 default 300
162
163nf_conntrack_timestamp - BOOLEAN
164 0 - disabled (default)
165 not 0 - enabled
166
167 Enable connection tracking flow timestamping.
168
169nf_conntrack_udp_timeout - INTEGER (seconds)
170 default 30
171
172nf_conntrack_udp_timeout_stream2 - INTEGER (seconds)
173 default 180
174
175 This extended timeout will be used in case there is an UDP stream
176 detected.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/operstates.txt b/Documentation/networking/operstates.txt
index 1a77a3cfae54..97694572338b 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/operstates.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/operstates.txt
@@ -88,6 +88,10 @@ set this flag. On netif_carrier_off(), the scheduler stops sending
88packets. The name 'carrier' and the inversion are historical, think of 88packets. The name 'carrier' and the inversion are historical, think of
89it as lower layer. 89it as lower layer.
90 90
91Note that for certain kind of soft-devices, which are not managing any
92real hardware, there is possible to set this bit from userpsace.
93One should use TVL IFLA_CARRIER to do so.
94
91netif_carrier_ok() can be used to query that bit. 95netif_carrier_ok() can be used to query that bit.
92 96
93__LINK_STATE_DORMANT, maps to IFF_DORMANT: 97__LINK_STATE_DORMANT, maps to IFF_DORMANT:
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/phy.txt b/Documentation/networking/phy.txt
index 95e5f5985a2a..d5b1a3935245 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/phy.txt
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Letting the PHY Abstraction Layer do Everything
103 103
104 Now, to connect, just call this function: 104 Now, to connect, just call this function:
105 105
106 phydev = phy_connect(dev, phy_name, &adjust_link, flags, interface); 106 phydev = phy_connect(dev, phy_name, &adjust_link, interface);
107 107
108 phydev is a pointer to the phy_device structure which represents the PHY. If 108 phydev is a pointer to the phy_device structure which represents the PHY. If
109 phy_connect is successful, it will return the pointer. dev, here, is the 109 phy_connect is successful, it will return the pointer. dev, here, is the
@@ -113,7 +113,9 @@ Letting the PHY Abstraction Layer do Everything
113 current state, though the PHY will not yet be truly operational at this 113 current state, though the PHY will not yet be truly operational at this
114 point. 114 point.
115 115
116 flags is a u32 which can optionally contain phy-specific flags. 116 PHY-specific flags should be set in phydev->dev_flags prior to the call
117 to phy_connect() such that the underlying PHY driver can check for flags
118 and perform specific operations based on them.
117 This is useful if the system has put hardware restrictions on 119 This is useful if the system has put hardware restrictions on
118 the PHY/controller, of which the PHY needs to be aware. 120 the PHY/controller, of which the PHY needs to be aware.
119 121
@@ -185,11 +187,10 @@ Doing it all yourself
185 start, or disables then frees them for stop. 187 start, or disables then frees them for stop.
186 188
187 struct phy_device * phy_attach(struct net_device *dev, const char *phy_id, 189 struct phy_device * phy_attach(struct net_device *dev, const char *phy_id,
188 u32 flags, phy_interface_t interface); 190 phy_interface_t interface);
189 191
190 Attaches a network device to a particular PHY, binding the PHY to a generic 192 Attaches a network device to a particular PHY, binding the PHY to a generic
191 driver if none was found during bus initialization. Passes in 193 driver if none was found during bus initialization.
192 any phy-specific flags as needed.
193 194
194 int phy_start_aneg(struct phy_device *phydev); 195 int phy_start_aneg(struct phy_device *phydev);
195 196
diff --git a/Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt b/Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt
index 89a339c9b079..0686c9e211c2 100644
--- a/Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt
@@ -17,10 +17,12 @@ HCI
17HCI registers as an nfc device with NFC Core. Requests coming from userspace are 17HCI registers as an nfc device with NFC Core. Requests coming from userspace are
18routed through netlink sockets to NFC Core and then to HCI. From this point, 18routed through netlink sockets to NFC Core and then to HCI. From this point,
19they are translated in a sequence of HCI commands sent to the HCI layer in the 19they are translated in a sequence of HCI commands sent to the HCI layer in the
20host controller (the chip). The sending context blocks while waiting for the 20host controller (the chip). Commands can be executed synchronously (the sending
21response to arrive. 21context blocks waiting for response) or asynchronously (the response is returned
22from HCI Rx context).
22HCI events can also be received from the host controller. They will be handled 23HCI events can also be received from the host controller. They will be handled
23and a translation will be forwarded to NFC Core as needed. 24and a translation will be forwarded to NFC Core as needed. There are hooks to
25let the HCI driver handle proprietary events or override standard behavior.
24HCI uses 2 execution contexts: 26HCI uses 2 execution contexts:
25- one for executing commands : nfc_hci_msg_tx_work(). Only one command 27- one for executing commands : nfc_hci_msg_tx_work(). Only one command
26can be executing at any given moment. 28can be executing at any given moment.
@@ -33,6 +35,8 @@ The Session initialization is an HCI standard which must unfortunately
33support proprietary gates. This is the reason why the driver will pass a list 35support proprietary gates. This is the reason why the driver will pass a list
34of proprietary gates that must be part of the session. HCI will ensure all 36of proprietary gates that must be part of the session. HCI will ensure all
35those gates have pipes connected when the hci device is set up. 37those gates have pipes connected when the hci device is set up.
38In case the chip supports pre-opened gates and pseudo-static pipes, the driver
39can pass that information to HCI core.
36 40
37HCI Gates and Pipes 41HCI Gates and Pipes
38------------------- 42-------------------
@@ -46,6 +50,13 @@ without knowing the pipe connected to it.
46Driver interface 50Driver interface
47---------------- 51----------------
48 52
53A driver is generally written in two parts : the physical link management and
54the HCI management. This makes it easier to maintain a driver for a chip that
55can be connected using various phy (i2c, spi, ...)
56
57HCI Management
58--------------
59
49A driver would normally register itself with HCI and provide the following 60A driver would normally register itself with HCI and provide the following
50entry points: 61entry points:
51 62
@@ -53,58 +64,113 @@ struct nfc_hci_ops {
53 int (*open)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev); 64 int (*open)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev);
54 void (*close)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev); 65 void (*close)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev);
55 int (*hci_ready) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev); 66 int (*hci_ready) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev);
56 int (*xmit)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, struct sk_buff *skb); 67 int (*xmit) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, struct sk_buff *skb);
57 int (*start_poll)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, u32 protocols); 68 int (*start_poll) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev,
58 int (*target_from_gate)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, u8 gate, 69 u32 im_protocols, u32 tm_protocols);
59 struct nfc_target *target); 70 int (*dep_link_up)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, struct nfc_target *target,
71 u8 comm_mode, u8 *gb, size_t gb_len);
72 int (*dep_link_down)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev);
73 int (*target_from_gate) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, u8 gate,
74 struct nfc_target *target);
60 int (*complete_target_discovered) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, u8 gate, 75 int (*complete_target_discovered) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, u8 gate,
61 struct nfc_target *target); 76 struct nfc_target *target);
62 int (*data_exchange) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, 77 int (*im_transceive) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev,
63 struct nfc_target *target, 78 struct nfc_target *target, struct sk_buff *skb,
64 struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff **res_skb); 79 data_exchange_cb_t cb, void *cb_context);
80 int (*tm_send)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, struct sk_buff *skb);
65 int (*check_presence)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, 81 int (*check_presence)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev,
66 struct nfc_target *target); 82 struct nfc_target *target);
83 int (*event_received)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, u8 gate, u8 event,
84 struct sk_buff *skb);
67}; 85};
68 86
69- open() and close() shall turn the hardware on and off. 87- open() and close() shall turn the hardware on and off.
70- hci_ready() is an optional entry point that is called right after the hci 88- hci_ready() is an optional entry point that is called right after the hci
71session has been set up. The driver can use it to do additional initialization 89session has been set up. The driver can use it to do additional initialization
72that must be performed using HCI commands. 90that must be performed using HCI commands.
73- xmit() shall simply write a frame to the chip. 91- xmit() shall simply write a frame to the physical link.
74- start_poll() is an optional entrypoint that shall set the hardware in polling 92- start_poll() is an optional entrypoint that shall set the hardware in polling
75mode. This must be implemented only if the hardware uses proprietary gates or a 93mode. This must be implemented only if the hardware uses proprietary gates or a
76mechanism slightly different from the HCI standard. 94mechanism slightly different from the HCI standard.
95- dep_link_up() is called after a p2p target has been detected, to finish
96the p2p connection setup with hardware parameters that need to be passed back
97to nfc core.
98- dep_link_down() is called to bring the p2p link down.
77- target_from_gate() is an optional entrypoint to return the nfc protocols 99- target_from_gate() is an optional entrypoint to return the nfc protocols
78corresponding to a proprietary gate. 100corresponding to a proprietary gate.
79- complete_target_discovered() is an optional entry point to let the driver 101- complete_target_discovered() is an optional entry point to let the driver
80perform additional proprietary processing necessary to auto activate the 102perform additional proprietary processing necessary to auto activate the
81discovered target. 103discovered target.
82- data_exchange() must be implemented by the driver if proprietary HCI commands 104- im_transceive() must be implemented by the driver if proprietary HCI commands
83are required to send data to the tag. Some tag types will require custom 105are required to send data to the tag. Some tag types will require custom
84commands, others can be written to using the standard HCI commands. The driver 106commands, others can be written to using the standard HCI commands. The driver
85can check the tag type and either do proprietary processing, or return 1 to ask 107can check the tag type and either do proprietary processing, or return 1 to ask
86for standard processing. 108for standard processing. The data exchange command itself must be sent
109asynchronously.
110- tm_send() is called to send data in the case of a p2p connection
87- check_presence() is an optional entry point that will be called regularly 111- check_presence() is an optional entry point that will be called regularly
88by the core to check that an activated tag is still in the field. If this is 112by the core to check that an activated tag is still in the field. If this is
89not implemented, the core will not be able to push tag_lost events to the user 113not implemented, the core will not be able to push tag_lost events to the user
90space 114space
115- event_received() is called to handle an event coming from the chip. Driver
116can handle the event or return 1 to let HCI attempt standard processing.
91 117
92On the rx path, the driver is responsible to push incoming HCP frames to HCI 118On the rx path, the driver is responsible to push incoming HCP frames to HCI
93using nfc_hci_recv_frame(). HCI will take care of re-aggregation and handling 119using nfc_hci_recv_frame(). HCI will take care of re-aggregation and handling
94This must be done from a context that can sleep. 120This must be done from a context that can sleep.
95 121
96SHDLC 122PHY Management
97----- 123--------------
124
125The physical link (i2c, ...) management is defined by the following struture:
126
127struct nfc_phy_ops {
128 int (*write)(void *dev_id, struct sk_buff *skb);
129 int (*enable)(void *dev_id);
130 void (*disable)(void *dev_id);
131};
132
133enable(): turn the phy on (power on), make it ready to transfer data
134disable(): turn the phy off
135write(): Send a data frame to the chip. Note that to enable higher
136layers such as an llc to store the frame for re-emission, this function must
137not alter the skb. It must also not return a positive result (return 0 for
138success, negative for failure).
139
140Data coming from the chip shall be sent directly to nfc_hci_recv_frame().
141
142LLC
143---
144
145Communication between the CPU and the chip often requires some link layer
146protocol. Those are isolated as modules managed by the HCI layer. There are
147currently two modules : nop (raw transfert) and shdlc.
148A new llc must implement the following functions:
149
150struct nfc_llc_ops {
151 void *(*init) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, xmit_to_drv_t xmit_to_drv,
152 rcv_to_hci_t rcv_to_hci, int tx_headroom,
153 int tx_tailroom, int *rx_headroom, int *rx_tailroom,
154 llc_failure_t llc_failure);
155 void (*deinit) (struct nfc_llc *llc);
156 int (*start) (struct nfc_llc *llc);
157 int (*stop) (struct nfc_llc *llc);
158 void (*rcv_from_drv) (struct nfc_llc *llc, struct sk_buff *skb);
159 int (*xmit_from_hci) (struct nfc_llc *llc, struct sk_buff *skb);
160};
161
162- init() : allocate and init your private storage
163- deinit() : cleanup
164- start() : establish the logical connection
165- stop () : terminate the logical connection
166- rcv_from_drv() : handle data coming from the chip, going to HCI
167- xmit_from_hci() : handle data sent by HCI, going to the chip
98 168
99Most chips use shdlc to ensure integrity and delivery ordering of the HCP 169The llc must be registered with nfc before it can be used. Do that by
100frames between the host controller (the chip) and hosts (entities connected 170calling nfc_llc_register(const char *name, struct nfc_llc_ops *ops);
101to the chip, like the cpu). In order to simplify writing the driver, an shdlc 171
102layer is available for use by the driver. 172Again, note that the llc does not handle the physical link. It is thus very
103When used, the driver actually registers with shdlc, and shdlc will register 173easy to mix any physical link with any llc for a given chip driver.
104with HCI. HCI sees shdlc as the driver and thus send its HCP frames
105through shdlc->xmit.
106SHDLC adds a new execution context (nfc_shdlc_sm_work()) to run its state
107machine and handle both its rx and tx path.
108 174
109Included Drivers 175Included Drivers
110---------------- 176----------------
@@ -117,10 +183,12 @@ Execution Contexts
117 183
118The execution contexts are the following: 184The execution contexts are the following:
119- IRQ handler (IRQH): 185- IRQ handler (IRQH):
120fast, cannot sleep. stores incoming frames into an shdlc rx queue 186fast, cannot sleep. sends incoming frames to HCI where they are passed to
187the current llc. In case of shdlc, the frame is queued in shdlc rx queue.
121 188
122- SHDLC State Machine worker (SMW) 189- SHDLC State Machine worker (SMW)
123handles shdlc rx & tx queues. Dispatches HCI cmd responses. 190Only when llc_shdlc is used: handles shdlc rx & tx queues.
191Dispatches HCI cmd responses.
124 192
125- HCI Tx Cmd worker (MSGTXWQ) 193- HCI Tx Cmd worker (MSGTXWQ)
126Serializes execution of HCI commands. Completes execution in case of response 194Serializes execution of HCI commands. Completes execution in case of response
@@ -166,6 +234,15 @@ waiting command execution. Response processing involves invoking the completion
166callback that was provided by nfc_hci_msg_tx_work() when it sent the command. 234callback that was provided by nfc_hci_msg_tx_work() when it sent the command.
167The completion callback will then wake the syscall context. 235The completion callback will then wake the syscall context.
168 236
237It is also possible to execute the command asynchronously using this API:
238
239static int nfc_hci_execute_cmd_async(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, u8 pipe, u8 cmd,
240 const u8 *param, size_t param_len,
241 data_exchange_cb_t cb, void *cb_context)
242
243The workflow is the same, except that the API call returns immediately, and
244the callback will be called with the result from the SMW context.
245
169Workflow receiving an HCI event or command 246Workflow receiving an HCI event or command
170------------------------------------------ 247------------------------------------------
171 248
diff --git a/Documentation/nfc/nfc-pn544.txt b/Documentation/nfc/nfc-pn544.txt
index 2fcac9f5996e..b36ca14ca2d6 100644
--- a/Documentation/nfc/nfc-pn544.txt
+++ b/Documentation/nfc/nfc-pn544.txt
@@ -1,32 +1,15 @@
1Kernel driver for the NXP Semiconductors PN544 Near Field 1Kernel driver for the NXP Semiconductors PN544 Near Field
2Communication chip 2Communication chip
3 3
4Author: Jari Vanhala
5Contact: Matti Aaltonen (matti.j.aaltonen at nokia.com)
6
7General 4General
8------- 5-------
9 6
10The PN544 is an integrated transmission module for contactless 7The PN544 is an integrated transmission module for contactless
11communication. The driver goes under drives/nfc/ and is compiled as a 8communication. The driver goes under drives/nfc/ and is compiled as a
12module named "pn544". It registers a misc device and creates a device 9module named "pn544".
13file named "/dev/pn544".
14 10
15Host Interfaces: I2C, SPI and HSU, this driver supports currently only I2C. 11Host Interfaces: I2C, SPI and HSU, this driver supports currently only I2C.
16 12
17The Interface
18-------------
19
20The driver offers a sysfs interface for a hardware test and an IOCTL
21interface for selecting between two operating modes. There are read,
22write and poll functions for transferring messages. The two operating
23modes are the normal (HCI) mode and the firmware update mode.
24
25PN544 is controlled by sending messages from the userspace to the
26chip. The main function of the driver is just to pass those messages
27without caring about the message content.
28
29
30Protocols 13Protocols
31--------- 14---------
32 15
@@ -47,68 +30,3 @@ and third (LSB) bytes of the message. The maximum FW message length is
47 30
48For the ETSI HCI specification see 31For the ETSI HCI specification see
49http://www.etsi.org/WebSite/Technologies/ProtocolSpecification.aspx 32http://www.etsi.org/WebSite/Technologies/ProtocolSpecification.aspx
50
51The Hardware Test
52-----------------
53
54The idea of the test is that it can performed by reading from the
55corresponding sysfs file. The test is implemented in the board file
56and it should test that PN544 can be put into the firmware update
57mode. If the test is not implemented the sysfs file does not get
58created.
59
60Example:
61> cat /sys/module/pn544/drivers/i2c\:pn544/3-002b/nfc_test
621
63
64Normal Operation
65----------------
66
67PN544 is powered up when the device file is opened, otherwise it's
68turned off. Only one instance can use the device at a time.
69
70Userspace applications control PN544 with HCI messages. The hardware
71sends an interrupt when data is available for reading. Data is
72physically read when the read function is called by a userspace
73application. Poll() checks the read interrupt state. Configuration and
74self testing are also done from the userspace using read and write.
75
76Example platform data:
77
78static int rx71_pn544_nfc_request_resources(struct i2c_client *client)
79{
80 /* Get and setup the HW resources for the device */
81}
82
83static void rx71_pn544_nfc_free_resources(void)
84{
85 /* Release the HW resources */
86}
87
88static void rx71_pn544_nfc_enable(int fw)
89{
90 /* Turn the device on */
91}
92
93static int rx71_pn544_nfc_test(void)
94{
95 /*
96 * Put the device into the FW update mode
97 * and then back to the normal mode.
98 * Check the behavior and return one on success,
99 * zero on failure.
100 */
101}
102
103static void rx71_pn544_nfc_disable(void)
104{
105 /* turn the power off */
106}
107
108static struct pn544_nfc_platform_data rx71_nfc_data = {
109 .request_resources = rx71_pn544_nfc_request_resources,
110 .free_resources = rx71_pn544_nfc_free_resources,
111 .enable = rx71_pn544_nfc_enable,
112 .test = rx71_pn544_nfc_test,
113 .disable = rx71_pn544_nfc_disable,
114};
diff --git a/Documentation/pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/pinctrl.txt
index da40efbef6ec..a2b57e0a1db0 100644
--- a/Documentation/pinctrl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/pinctrl.txt
@@ -972,6 +972,18 @@ pinmux core.
972Pin control requests from drivers 972Pin control requests from drivers
973================================= 973=================================
974 974
975When a device driver is about to probe the device core will automatically
976attempt to issue pinctrl_get_select_default() on these devices.
977This way driver writers do not need to add any of the boilerplate code
978of the type found below. However when doing fine-grained state selection
979and not using the "default" state, you may have to do some device driver
980handling of the pinctrl handles and states.
981
982So if you just want to put the pins for a certain device into the default
983state and be done with it, there is nothing you need to do besides
984providing the proper mapping table. The device core will take care of
985the rest.
986
975Generally it is discouraged to let individual drivers get and enable pin 987Generally it is discouraged to let individual drivers get and enable pin
976control. So if possible, handle the pin control in platform code or some other 988control. So if possible, handle the pin control in platform code or some other
977place where you have access to all the affected struct device * pointers. In 989place where you have access to all the affected struct device * pointers. In
@@ -1097,9 +1109,9 @@ situations that can be electrically unpleasant, you will certainly want to
1097mux in and bias pins in a certain way before the GPIO subsystems starts to 1109mux in and bias pins in a certain way before the GPIO subsystems starts to
1098deal with them. 1110deal with them.
1099 1111
1100The above can be hidden: using pinctrl hogs, the pin control driver may be 1112The above can be hidden: using the device core, the pinctrl core may be
1101setting up the config and muxing for the pins when it is probing, 1113setting up the config and muxing for the pins right before the device is
1102nevertheless orthogonal to the GPIO subsystem. 1114probing, nevertheless orthogonal to the GPIO subsystem.
1103 1115
1104But there are also situations where it makes sense for the GPIO subsystem 1116But there are also situations where it makes sense for the GPIO subsystem
1105to communicate directly with with the pinctrl subsystem, using the latter 1117to communicate directly with with the pinctrl subsystem, using the latter
diff --git a/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt b/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt
index 6ec291ea1c78..85894d83b352 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt
@@ -223,3 +223,8 @@ since they ask the freezer to skip freezing this task, since it is anyway
223only after the entire suspend/hibernation sequence is complete. 223only after the entire suspend/hibernation sequence is complete.
224So, to summarize, use [un]lock_system_sleep() instead of directly using 224So, to summarize, use [un]lock_system_sleep() instead of directly using
225mutex_[un]lock(&pm_mutex). That would prevent freezing failures. 225mutex_[un]lock(&pm_mutex). That would prevent freezing failures.
226
227V. Miscellaneous
228/sys/power/pm_freeze_timeout controls how long it will cost at most to freeze
229all user space processes or all freezable kernel threads, in unit of millisecond.
230The default value is 20000, with range of unsigned integer.
diff --git a/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt b/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt
index 03591a750f99..6c9f5d9aa115 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt
@@ -426,6 +426,10 @@ drivers/base/power/runtime.c and include/linux/pm_runtime.h:
426 'power.runtime_error' is set or 'power.disable_depth' is greater than 426 'power.runtime_error' is set or 'power.disable_depth' is greater than
427 zero) 427 zero)
428 428
429 bool pm_runtime_active(struct device *dev);
430 - return true if the device's runtime PM status is 'active' or its
431 'power.disable_depth' field is not equal to zero, or false otherwise
432
429 bool pm_runtime_suspended(struct device *dev); 433 bool pm_runtime_suspended(struct device *dev);
430 - return true if the device's runtime PM status is 'suspended' and its 434 - return true if the device's runtime PM status is 'suspended' and its
431 'power.disable_depth' field is equal to zero, or false otherwise 435 'power.disable_depth' field is equal to zero, or false otherwise
diff --git a/Documentation/serial/driver b/Documentation/serial/driver
index 0a25a9191864..067c47d46917 100644
--- a/Documentation/serial/driver
+++ b/Documentation/serial/driver
@@ -133,6 +133,16 @@ hardware.
133 Interrupts: locally disabled. 133 Interrupts: locally disabled.
134 This call must not sleep 134 This call must not sleep
135 135
136 send_xchar(port,ch)
137 Transmit a high priority character, even if the port is stopped.
138 This is used to implement XON/XOFF flow control and tcflow(). If
139 the serial driver does not implement this function, the tty core
140 will append the character to the circular buffer and then call
141 start_tx() / stop_tx() to flush the data out.
142
143 Locking: none.
144 Interrupts: caller dependent.
145
136 stop_rx(port) 146 stop_rx(port)
137 Stop receiving characters; the port is in the process of 147 Stop receiving characters; the port is in the process of
138 being closed. 148 being closed.
@@ -242,9 +252,8 @@ hardware.
242 252
243 pm(port,state,oldstate) 253 pm(port,state,oldstate)
244 Perform any power management related activities on the specified 254 Perform any power management related activities on the specified
245 port. State indicates the new state (defined by ACPI D0-D3), 255 port. State indicates the new state (defined by
246 oldstate indicates the previous state. Essentially, D0 means 256 enum uart_pm_state), oldstate indicates the previous state.
247 fully on, D3 means powered down.
248 257
249 This function should not be used to grab any resources. 258 This function should not be used to grab any resources.
250 259
@@ -255,6 +264,10 @@ hardware.
255 Locking: none. 264 Locking: none.
256 Interrupts: caller dependent. 265 Interrupts: caller dependent.
257 266
267 set_wake(port,state)
268 Enable/disable power management wakeup on serial activity. Not
269 currently implemented.
270
258 type(port) 271 type(port)
259 Return a pointer to a string constant describing the specified 272 Return a pointer to a string constant describing the specified
260 port, or return NULL, in which case the string 'unknown' is 273 port, or return NULL, in which case the string 'unknown' is
@@ -307,6 +320,31 @@ hardware.
307 Locking: none. 320 Locking: none.
308 Interrupts: caller dependent. 321 Interrupts: caller dependent.
309 322
323 poll_init(port)
324 Called by kgdb to perform the minimal hardware initialization needed
325 to support poll_put_char() and poll_get_char(). Unlike ->startup()
326 this should not request interrupts.
327
328 Locking: tty_mutex and tty_port->mutex taken.
329 Interrupts: n/a.
330
331 poll_put_char(port,ch)
332 Called by kgdb to write a single character directly to the serial
333 port. It can and should block until there is space in the TX FIFO.
334
335 Locking: none.
336 Interrupts: caller dependent.
337 This call must not sleep
338
339 poll_get_char(port)
340 Called by kgdb to read a single character directly from the serial
341 port. If data is available, it should be returned; otherwise
342 the function should return NO_POLL_CHAR immediately.
343
344 Locking: none.
345 Interrupts: caller dependent.
346 This call must not sleep
347
310Other functions 348Other functions
311--------------- 349---------------
312 350
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
index b9cfd339a6fa..ce6581c8ca26 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
@@ -890,8 +890,9 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
890 enable_msi - Enable Message Signaled Interrupt (MSI) (default = off) 890 enable_msi - Enable Message Signaled Interrupt (MSI) (default = off)
891 power_save - Automatic power-saving timeout (in second, 0 = 891 power_save - Automatic power-saving timeout (in second, 0 =
892 disable) 892 disable)
893 power_save_controller - Reset HD-audio controller in power-saving mode 893 power_save_controller - Support runtime D3 of HD-audio controller
894 (default = on) 894 (-1 = on for supported chip (default), false = off,
895 true = force to on even for unsupported hardware)
895 align_buffer_size - Force rounding of buffer/period sizes to multiples 896 align_buffer_size - Force rounding of buffer/period sizes to multiples
896 of 128 bytes. This is more efficient in terms of memory 897 of 128 bytes. This is more efficient in terms of memory
897 access but isn't required by the HDA spec and prevents 898 access but isn't required by the HDA spec and prevents
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt
index 16dfe57f1731..bb8b0dc532b8 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ ALC882/883/885/888/889
53 acer-aspire-8930g Acer Aspire 8330G/6935G 53 acer-aspire-8930g Acer Aspire 8330G/6935G
54 acer-aspire Acer Aspire others 54 acer-aspire Acer Aspire others
55 inv-dmic Inverted internal mic workaround 55 inv-dmic Inverted internal mic workaround
56 no-primary-hp VAIO Z workaround (for fixed speaker DAC) 56 no-primary-hp VAIO Z/VGC-LN51JGB workaround (for fixed speaker DAC)
57 57
58ALC861/660 58ALC861/660
59========== 59==========
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt
index 7813c06a5c71..d4faa63ff352 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt
@@ -176,14 +176,14 @@ support the automatic probing (yet as of 2.6.28). And, BIOS is often,
176yes, pretty often broken. It sets up wrong values and screws up the 176yes, pretty often broken. It sets up wrong values and screws up the
177driver. 177driver.
178 178
179The preset model is provided basically to overcome such a situation. 179The preset model (or recently called as "fix-up") is provided
180When the matching preset model is found in the white-list, the driver 180basically to overcome such a situation. When the matching preset
181assumes the static configuration of that preset and builds the mixer 181model is found in the white-list, the driver assumes the static
182elements and PCM streams based on the static information. Thus, if 182configuration of that preset with the correct pin setup, etc.
183you have a newer machine with a slightly different PCI SSID from the 183Thus, if you have a newer machine with a slightly different PCI SSID
184existing one, you may have a good chance to re-use the same model. 184(or codec SSID) from the existing one, you may have a good chance to
185You can pass the `model` option to specify the preset model instead of 185re-use the same model. You can pass the `model` option to specify the
186PCI SSID look-up. 186preset model instead of PCI (and codec-) SSID look-up.
187 187
188What `model` option values are available depends on the codec chip. 188What `model` option values are available depends on the codec chip.
189Check your codec chip from the codec proc file (see "Codec Proc-File" 189Check your codec chip from the codec proc file (see "Codec Proc-File"
@@ -199,17 +199,12 @@ non-working HD-audio hardware is to check HD-audio codec and several
199different `model` option values. If you have any luck, some of them 199different `model` option values. If you have any luck, some of them
200might suit with your device well. 200might suit with your device well.
201 201
202Some codecs such as ALC880 have a special model option `model=test`. 202There are a few special model option values:
203This configures the driver to provide as many mixer controls as 203- when 'nofixup' is passed, the device-specific fixups in the codec
204possible for every single pin feature except for the unsolicited 204 parser are skipped.
205events (and maybe some other specials). Adjust each mixer element and 205- when `generic` is passed, the codec-specific parser is skipped and
206try the I/O in the way of trial-and-error until figuring out the whole 206 only the generic parser is used.
207I/O pin mappings.
208 207
209Note that `model=generic` has a special meaning. It means to use the
210generic parser regardless of the codec. Usually the codec-specific
211parser is much better than the generic parser (as now). Thus this
212option is more about the debugging purpose.
213 208
214Speaker and Headphone Output 209Speaker and Headphone Output
215~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 210~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -387,9 +382,8 @@ init_verbs::
387 (separated with a space). 382 (separated with a space).
388hints:: 383hints::
389 Shows / stores hint strings for codec parsers for any use. 384 Shows / stores hint strings for codec parsers for any use.
390 Its format is `key = value`. For example, passing `hp_detect = yes` 385 Its format is `key = value`. For example, passing `jack_detect = no`
391 to IDT/STAC codec parser will result in the disablement of the 386 will disable the jack detection of the machine completely.
392 headphone detection.
393init_pin_configs:: 387init_pin_configs::
394 Shows the initial pin default config values set by BIOS. 388 Shows the initial pin default config values set by BIOS.
395driver_pin_configs:: 389driver_pin_configs::
@@ -421,6 +415,61 @@ re-configure based on that state, run like below:
421------------------------------------------------------------------------ 415------------------------------------------------------------------------
422 416
423 417
418Hint Strings
419~~~~~~~~~~~~
420The codec parser have several switches and adjustment knobs for
421matching better with the actual codec or device behavior. Many of
422them can be adjusted dynamically via "hints" strings as mentioned in
423the section above. For example, by passing `jack_detect = no` string
424via sysfs or a patch file, you can disable the jack detection, thus
425the codec parser will skip the features like auto-mute or mic
426auto-switch. As a boolean value, either `yes`, `no`, `true`, `false`,
427`1` or `0` can be passed.
428
429The generic parser supports the following hints:
430
431- jack_detect (bool): specify whether the jack detection is available
432 at all on this machine; default true
433- inv_jack_detect (bool): indicates that the jack detection logic is
434 inverted
435- trigger_sense (bool): indicates that the jack detection needs the
436 explicit call of AC_VERB_SET_PIN_SENSE verb
437- inv_eapd (bool): indicates that the EAPD is implemented in the
438 inverted logic
439- pcm_format_first (bool): sets the PCM format before the stream tag
440 and channel ID
441- sticky_stream (bool): keep the PCM format, stream tag and ID as long
442 as possible; default true
443- spdif_status_reset (bool): reset the SPDIF status bits at each time
444 the SPDIF stream is set up
445- pin_amp_workaround (bool): the output pin may have multiple amp
446 values
447- single_adc_amp (bool): ADCs can have only single input amps
448- auto_mute (bool): enable/disable the headphone auto-mute feature;
449 default true
450- auto_mic (bool): enable/disable the mic auto-switch feature; default
451 true
452- line_in_auto_switch (bool): enable/disable the line-in auto-switch
453 feature; default false
454- need_dac_fix (bool): limits the DACs depending on the channel count
455- primary_hp (bool): probe headphone jacks as the primary outputs;
456 default true
457- multi_cap_vol (bool): provide multiple capture volumes
458- inv_dmic_split (bool): provide split internal mic volume/switch for
459 phase-inverted digital mics
460- indep_hp (bool): provide the independent headphone PCM stream and
461 the corresponding mixer control, if available
462- add_stereo_mix_input (bool): add the stereo mix (analog-loopback
463 mix) to the input mux if available
464- add_out_jack_modes (bool): add "xxx Jack Mode" enum controls to each
465 output jack for allowing to change the headphone amp capability
466- add_in_jack_modes (bool): add "xxx Jack Mode" enum controls to each
467 input jack for allowing to change the mic bias vref
468- power_down_unused (bool): power down the unused widgets
469- mixer_nid (int): specifies the widget NID of the analog-loopback
470 mixer
471
472
424Early Patching 473Early Patching
425~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 474~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
426When CONFIG_SND_HDA_PATCH_LOADER=y is set, you can pass a "patch" as a 475When CONFIG_SND_HDA_PATCH_LOADER=y is set, you can pass a "patch" as a
@@ -445,7 +494,7 @@ A patch file is a plain text file which looks like below:
445 0x20 0x400 0xff 494 0x20 0x400 0xff
446 495
447 [hint] 496 [hint]
448 hp_detect = yes 497 jack_detect = no
449------------------------------------------------------------------------ 498------------------------------------------------------------------------
450 499
451The file needs to have a line `[codec]`. The next line should contain 500The file needs to have a line `[codec]`. The next line should contain
@@ -531,6 +580,13 @@ cable is unplugged. Thus, if you hear noises, suspect first the
531power-saving. See /sys/module/snd_hda_intel/parameters/power_save to 580power-saving. See /sys/module/snd_hda_intel/parameters/power_save to
532check the current value. If it's non-zero, the feature is turned on. 581check the current value. If it's non-zero, the feature is turned on.
533 582
583The recent kernel supports the runtime PM for the HD-audio controller
584chip, too. It means that the HD-audio controller is also powered up /
585down dynamically. The feature is enabled only for certain controller
586chips like Intel LynxPoint. You can enable/disable this feature
587forcibly by setting `power_save_controller` option, which is also
588available at /sys/module/snd_hda_intel/parameters directory.
589
534 590
535Tracepoints 591Tracepoints
536~~~~~~~~~~~ 592~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -587,8 +643,9 @@ The latest development codes for HD-audio are found on sound git tree:
587- git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tiwai/sound.git 643- git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tiwai/sound.git
588 644
589The master branch or for-next branches can be used as the main 645The master branch or for-next branches can be used as the main
590development branches in general while the HD-audio specific patches 646development branches in general while the development for the current
591are committed in topic/hda branch. 647and next kernels are found in for-linus and for-next branches,
648respectively.
592 649
593If you are using the latest Linus tree, it'd be better to pull the 650If you are using the latest Linus tree, it'd be better to pull the
594above GIT tree onto it. If you are using the older kernels, an easy 651above GIT tree onto it. If you are using the older kernels, an easy
@@ -699,7 +756,11 @@ won't be always updated. For example, the volume values are usually
699cached in the driver, and thus changing the widget amp value directly 756cached in the driver, and thus changing the widget amp value directly
700via hda-verb won't change the mixer value. 757via hda-verb won't change the mixer value.
701 758
702The hda-verb program is found in the ftp directory: 759The hda-verb program is included now in alsa-tools:
760
761- git://git.alsa-project.org/alsa-tools.git
762
763Also, the old stand-alone package is found in the ftp directory:
703 764
704- ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/tiwai/misc/ 765- ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/tiwai/misc/
705 766
@@ -777,3 +838,18 @@ A git repository is available:
777 838
778See README file in the tarball for more details about hda-emu 839See README file in the tarball for more details about hda-emu
779program. 840program.
841
842
843hda-jack-retask
844~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
845hda-jack-retask is a user-friendly GUI program to manipulate the
846HD-audio pin control for jack retasking. If you have a problem about
847the jack assignment, try this program and check whether you can get
848useful results. Once when you figure out the proper pin assignment,
849it can be fixed either in the driver code statically or via passing a
850firmware patch file (see "Early Patching" section).
851
852The program is included in alsa-tools now:
853
854- git://git.alsa-project.org/alsa-tools.git
855
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt
index 90e9b3a11abc..0bcc55155911 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt
@@ -145,6 +145,52 @@ Modifications include:
145- Addition of encoding options when required (derived from OpenMAX IL) 145- Addition of encoding options when required (derived from OpenMAX IL)
146- Addition of rateControlSupported (missing in OpenMAX AL) 146- Addition of rateControlSupported (missing in OpenMAX AL)
147 147
148Gapless Playback
149================
150When playing thru an album, the decoders have the ability to skip the encoder
151delay and padding and directly move from one track content to another. The end
152user can perceive this as gapless playback as we dont have silence while
153switching from one track to another
154
155Also, there might be low-intensity noises due to encoding. Perfect gapless is
156difficult to reach with all types of compressed data, but works fine with most
157music content. The decoder needs to know the encoder delay and encoder padding.
158So we need to pass this to DSP. This metadata is extracted from ID3/MP4 headers
159and are not present by default in the bitstream, hence the need for a new
160interface to pass this information to the DSP. Also DSP and userspace needs to
161switch from one track to another and start using data for second track.
162
163The main additions are:
164
165- set_metadata
166This routine sets the encoder delay and encoder padding. This can be used by
167decoder to strip the silence. This needs to be set before the data in the track
168is written.
169
170- set_next_track
171This routine tells DSP that metadata and write operation sent after this would
172correspond to subsequent track
173
174- partial drain
175This is called when end of file is reached. The userspace can inform DSP that
176EOF is reached and now DSP can start skipping padding delay. Also next write
177data would belong to next track
178
179Sequence flow for gapless would be:
180- Open
181- Get caps / codec caps
182- Set params
183- Set metadata of the first track
184- Fill data of the first track
185- Trigger start
186- User-space finished sending all,
187- Indicaite next track data by sending set_next_track
188- Set metadata of the next track
189- then call partial_drain to flush most of buffer in DSP
190- Fill data of the next track
191- DSP switches to second track
192(note: order for partial_drain and write for next track can be reversed as well)
193
148Not supported: 194Not supported:
149 195
150- Support for VoIP/circuit-switched calls is not the target of this 196- Support for VoIP/circuit-switched calls is not the target of this
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/events-power.txt b/Documentation/trace/events-power.txt
index cf794af22855..e1498ff8cf94 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/events-power.txt
+++ b/Documentation/trace/events-power.txt
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Cf. include/trace/events/power.h for the events definitions.
171. Power state switch events 171. Power state switch events
18============================ 18============================
19 19
201.1 New trace API 201.1 Trace API
21----------------- 21-----------------
22 22
23A 'cpu' event class gathers the CPU-related events: cpuidle and 23A 'cpu' event class gathers the CPU-related events: cpuidle and
@@ -41,31 +41,6 @@ The event which has 'state=4294967295' in the trace is very important to the use
41space tools which are using it to detect the end of the current state, and so to 41space tools which are using it to detect the end of the current state, and so to
42correctly draw the states diagrams and to calculate accurate statistics etc. 42correctly draw the states diagrams and to calculate accurate statistics etc.
43 43
441.2 DEPRECATED trace API
45------------------------
46
47A new Kconfig option CONFIG_EVENT_POWER_TRACING_DEPRECATED with the default value of
48'y' has been created. This allows the legacy trace power API to be used conjointly
49with the new trace API.
50The Kconfig option, the old trace API (in include/trace/events/power.h) and the
51old trace points will disappear in a future release (namely 2.6.41).
52
53power_start "type=%lu state=%lu cpu_id=%lu"
54power_frequency "type=%lu state=%lu cpu_id=%lu"
55power_end "cpu_id=%lu"
56
57The 'type' parameter takes one of those macros:
58 . POWER_NONE = 0,
59 . POWER_CSTATE = 1, /* C-State */
60 . POWER_PSTATE = 2, /* Frequency change or DVFS */
61
62The 'state' parameter is set depending on the type:
63 . Target C-state for type=POWER_CSTATE,
64 . Target frequency for type=POWER_PSTATE,
65
66power_end is used to indicate the exit of a state, corresponding to the latest
67power_start event.
68
692. Clocks events 442. Clocks events
70================ 45================
71The clock events are used for clock enable/disable and for 46The clock events are used for clock enable/disable and for
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt b/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt
index 6f51fed45f2d..53d6a3c51d87 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt
+++ b/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt
@@ -1842,6 +1842,89 @@ an error.
1842 # cat buffer_size_kb 1842 # cat buffer_size_kb
184385 184385
1844 1844
1845Snapshot
1846--------
1847CONFIG_TRACER_SNAPSHOT makes a generic snapshot feature
1848available to all non latency tracers. (Latency tracers which
1849record max latency, such as "irqsoff" or "wakeup", can't use
1850this feature, since those are already using the snapshot
1851mechanism internally.)
1852
1853Snapshot preserves a current trace buffer at a particular point
1854in time without stopping tracing. Ftrace swaps the current
1855buffer with a spare buffer, and tracing continues in the new
1856current (=previous spare) buffer.
1857
1858The following debugfs files in "tracing" are related to this
1859feature:
1860
1861 snapshot:
1862
1863 This is used to take a snapshot and to read the output
1864 of the snapshot. Echo 1 into this file to allocate a
1865 spare buffer and to take a snapshot (swap), then read
1866 the snapshot from this file in the same format as
1867 "trace" (described above in the section "The File
1868 System"). Both reads snapshot and tracing are executable
1869 in parallel. When the spare buffer is allocated, echoing
1870 0 frees it, and echoing else (positive) values clear the
1871 snapshot contents.
1872 More details are shown in the table below.
1873
1874 status\input | 0 | 1 | else |
1875 --------------+------------+------------+------------+
1876 not allocated |(do nothing)| alloc+swap | EINVAL |
1877 --------------+------------+------------+------------+
1878 allocated | free | swap | clear |
1879 --------------+------------+------------+------------+
1880
1881Here is an example of using the snapshot feature.
1882
1883 # echo 1 > events/sched/enable
1884 # echo 1 > snapshot
1885 # cat snapshot
1886# tracer: nop
1887#
1888# entries-in-buffer/entries-written: 71/71 #P:8
1889#
1890# _-----=> irqs-off
1891# / _----=> need-resched
1892# | / _---=> hardirq/softirq
1893# || / _--=> preempt-depth
1894# ||| / delay
1895# TASK-PID CPU# |||| TIMESTAMP FUNCTION
1896# | | | |||| | |
1897 <idle>-0 [005] d... 2440.603828: sched_switch: prev_comm=swapper/5 prev_pid=0 prev_prio=120 prev_state=R ==> next_comm=snapshot-test-2 next_pid=2242 next_prio=120
1898 sleep-2242 [005] d... 2440.603846: sched_switch: prev_comm=snapshot-test-2 prev_pid=2242 prev_prio=120 prev_state=R ==> next_comm=kworker/5:1 next_pid=60 next_prio=120
1899[...]
1900 <idle>-0 [002] d... 2440.707230: sched_switch: prev_comm=swapper/2 prev_pid=0 prev_prio=120 prev_state=R ==> next_comm=snapshot-test-2 next_pid=2229 next_prio=120
1901
1902 # cat trace
1903# tracer: nop
1904#
1905# entries-in-buffer/entries-written: 77/77 #P:8
1906#
1907# _-----=> irqs-off
1908# / _----=> need-resched
1909# | / _---=> hardirq/softirq
1910# || / _--=> preempt-depth
1911# ||| / delay
1912# TASK-PID CPU# |||| TIMESTAMP FUNCTION
1913# | | | |||| | |
1914 <idle>-0 [007] d... 2440.707395: sched_switch: prev_comm=swapper/7 prev_pid=0 prev_prio=120 prev_state=R ==> next_comm=snapshot-test-2 next_pid=2243 next_prio=120
1915 snapshot-test-2-2229 [002] d... 2440.707438: sched_switch: prev_comm=snapshot-test-2 prev_pid=2229 prev_prio=120 prev_state=S ==> next_comm=swapper/2 next_pid=0 next_prio=120
1916[...]
1917
1918
1919If you try to use this snapshot feature when current tracer is
1920one of the latency tracers, you will get the following results.
1921
1922 # echo wakeup > current_tracer
1923 # echo 1 > snapshot
1924bash: echo: write error: Device or resource busy
1925 # cat snapshot
1926cat: snapshot: Device or resource busy
1927
1845----------- 1928-----------
1846 1929
1847More details can be found in the source code, in the 1930More details can be found in the source code, in the
diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt
index a4df5535996b..c25439a58274 100644
--- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ kvm_run' (see below).
2934.11 KVM_GET_REGS 2934.11 KVM_GET_REGS
294 294
295Capability: basic 295Capability: basic
296Architectures: all 296Architectures: all except ARM
297Type: vcpu ioctl 297Type: vcpu ioctl
298Parameters: struct kvm_regs (out) 298Parameters: struct kvm_regs (out)
299Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error 299Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ struct kvm_regs {
3144.12 KVM_SET_REGS 3144.12 KVM_SET_REGS
315 315
316Capability: basic 316Capability: basic
317Architectures: all 317Architectures: all except ARM
318Type: vcpu ioctl 318Type: vcpu ioctl
319Parameters: struct kvm_regs (in) 319Parameters: struct kvm_regs (in)
320Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error 320Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ struct kvm_fpu {
6004.24 KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP 6004.24 KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP
601 601
602Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP 602Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP
603Architectures: x86, ia64 603Architectures: x86, ia64, ARM
604Type: vm ioctl 604Type: vm ioctl
605Parameters: none 605Parameters: none
606Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error 606Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
@@ -608,21 +608,39 @@ Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
608Creates an interrupt controller model in the kernel. On x86, creates a virtual 608Creates an interrupt controller model in the kernel. On x86, creates a virtual
609ioapic, a virtual PIC (two PICs, nested), and sets up future vcpus to have a 609ioapic, a virtual PIC (two PICs, nested), and sets up future vcpus to have a
610local APIC. IRQ routing for GSIs 0-15 is set to both PIC and IOAPIC; GSI 16-23 610local APIC. IRQ routing for GSIs 0-15 is set to both PIC and IOAPIC; GSI 16-23
611only go to the IOAPIC. On ia64, a IOSAPIC is created. 611only go to the IOAPIC. On ia64, a IOSAPIC is created. On ARM, a GIC is
612created.
612 613
613 614
6144.25 KVM_IRQ_LINE 6154.25 KVM_IRQ_LINE
615 616
616Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP 617Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP
617Architectures: x86, ia64 618Architectures: x86, ia64, arm
618Type: vm ioctl 619Type: vm ioctl
619Parameters: struct kvm_irq_level 620Parameters: struct kvm_irq_level
620Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error 621Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
621 622
622Sets the level of a GSI input to the interrupt controller model in the kernel. 623Sets the level of a GSI input to the interrupt controller model in the kernel.
623Requires that an interrupt controller model has been previously created with 624On some architectures it is required that an interrupt controller model has
624KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Note that edge-triggered interrupts require the level 625been previously created with KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Note that edge-triggered
625to be set to 1 and then back to 0. 626interrupts require the level to be set to 1 and then back to 0.
627
628ARM can signal an interrupt either at the CPU level, or at the in-kernel irqchip
629(GIC), and for in-kernel irqchip can tell the GIC to use PPIs designated for
630specific cpus. The irq field is interpreted like this:
631
632  bits: | 31 ... 24 | 23 ... 16 | 15 ... 0 |
633 field: | irq_type | vcpu_index | irq_id |
634
635The irq_type field has the following values:
636- irq_type[0]: out-of-kernel GIC: irq_id 0 is IRQ, irq_id 1 is FIQ
637- irq_type[1]: in-kernel GIC: SPI, irq_id between 32 and 1019 (incl.)
638 (the vcpu_index field is ignored)
639- irq_type[2]: in-kernel GIC: PPI, irq_id between 16 and 31 (incl.)
640
641(The irq_id field thus corresponds nicely to the IRQ ID in the ARM GIC specs)
642
643In both cases, level is used to raise/lower the line.
626 644
627struct kvm_irq_level { 645struct kvm_irq_level {
628 union { 646 union {
@@ -1775,6 +1793,27 @@ registers, find a list below:
1775 PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_VPA_DTL | 128 1793 PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_VPA_DTL | 128
1776 PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_EPCR | 32 1794 PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_EPCR | 32
1777 1795
1796ARM registers are mapped using the lower 32 bits. The upper 16 of that
1797is the register group type, or coprocessor number:
1798
1799ARM core registers have the following id bit patterns:
1800 0x4002 0000 0010 <index into the kvm_regs struct:16>
1801
1802ARM 32-bit CP15 registers have the following id bit patterns:
1803 0x4002 0000 000F <zero:1> <crn:4> <crm:4> <opc1:4> <opc2:3>
1804
1805ARM 64-bit CP15 registers have the following id bit patterns:
1806 0x4003 0000 000F <zero:1> <zero:4> <crm:4> <opc1:4> <zero:3>
1807
1808ARM CCSIDR registers are demultiplexed by CSSELR value:
1809 0x4002 0000 0011 00 <csselr:8>
1810
1811ARM 32-bit VFP control registers have the following id bit patterns:
1812 0x4002 0000 0012 1 <regno:12>
1813
1814ARM 64-bit FP registers have the following id bit patterns:
1815 0x4002 0000 0012 0 <regno:12>
1816
17784.69 KVM_GET_ONE_REG 18174.69 KVM_GET_ONE_REG
1779 1818
1780Capability: KVM_CAP_ONE_REG 1819Capability: KVM_CAP_ONE_REG
@@ -2127,6 +2166,50 @@ written, then `n_invalid' invalid entries, invalidating any previously
2127valid entries found. 2166valid entries found.
2128 2167
2129 2168
21694.77 KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT
2170
2171Capability: basic
2172Architectures: arm
2173Type: vcpu ioctl
2174Parameters: struct struct kvm_vcpu_init (in)
2175Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error
2176Errors:
2177  EINVAL:    the target is unknown, or the combination of features is invalid.
2178  ENOENT:    a features bit specified is unknown.
2179
2180This tells KVM what type of CPU to present to the guest, and what
2181optional features it should have.  This will cause a reset of the cpu
2182registers to their initial values.  If this is not called, KVM_RUN will
2183return ENOEXEC for that vcpu.
2184
2185Note that because some registers reflect machine topology, all vcpus
2186should be created before this ioctl is invoked.
2187
2188Possible features:
2189 - KVM_ARM_VCPU_POWER_OFF: Starts the CPU in a power-off state.
2190 Depends on KVM_CAP_ARM_PSCI.
2191
2192
21934.78 KVM_GET_REG_LIST
2194
2195Capability: basic
2196Architectures: arm
2197Type: vcpu ioctl
2198Parameters: struct kvm_reg_list (in/out)
2199Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error
2200Errors:
2201  E2BIG:     the reg index list is too big to fit in the array specified by
2202             the user (the number required will be written into n).
2203
2204struct kvm_reg_list {
2205 __u64 n; /* number of registers in reg[] */
2206 __u64 reg[0];
2207};
2208
2209This ioctl returns the guest registers that are supported for the
2210KVM_GET_ONE_REG/KVM_SET_ONE_REG calls.
2211
2212
21305. The kvm_run structure 22135. The kvm_run structure
2131------------------------ 2214------------------------
2132 2215
diff --git a/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm b/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm
index 874a8ca93feb..cc62a95e4776 100644
--- a/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm
+++ b/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm
@@ -34,9 +34,16 @@ currently supported. The driver also doesn't support reduced
34precision (which would also reduce the conversion time). 34precision (which would also reduce the conversion time).
35 35
36The module parameter strong_pullup can be set to 0 to disable the 36The module parameter strong_pullup can be set to 0 to disable the
37strong pullup or 1 to enable. If enabled the 5V strong pullup will be 37strong pullup, 1 to enable autodetection or 2 to force strong pullup.
38enabled when the conversion is taking place provided the master driver 38In case of autodetection, the driver will use the "READ POWER SUPPLY"
39must support the strong pullup (or it falls back to a pullup 39command to check if there are pariste powered devices on the bus.
40If so, it will activate the master's strong pullup.
41In case the detection of parasite devices using this command fails
42(seems to be the case with some DS18S20) the strong pullup can
43be force-enabled.
44If the strong pullup is enabled, the master's strong pullup will be
45driven when the conversion is taking place, provided the master driver
46does support the strong pullup (or it falls back to a pullup
40resistor). The DS18b20 temperature sensor specification lists a 47resistor). The DS18b20 temperature sensor specification lists a
41maximum current draw of 1.5mA and that a 5k pullup resistor is not 48maximum current draw of 1.5mA and that a 5k pullup resistor is not
42sufficient. The strong pullup is designed to provide the additional 49sufficient. The strong pullup is designed to provide the additional
diff --git a/Documentation/x86/boot.txt b/Documentation/x86/boot.txt
index 3edb4c2887a1..b443f1de0e5a 100644
--- a/Documentation/x86/boot.txt
+++ b/Documentation/x86/boot.txt
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Protocol 2.10: (Kernel 2.6.31) Added a protocol for relaxed alignment
57Protocol 2.11: (Kernel 3.6) Added a field for offset of EFI handover 57Protocol 2.11: (Kernel 3.6) Added a field for offset of EFI handover
58 protocol entry point. 58 protocol entry point.
59 59
60Protocol 2.12: (Kernel 3.9) Added the xloadflags field and extension fields 60Protocol 2.12: (Kernel 3.8) Added the xloadflags field and extension fields
61 to struct boot_params for for loading bzImage and ramdisk 61 to struct boot_params for for loading bzImage and ramdisk
62 above 4G in 64bit. 62 above 4G in 64bit.
63 63
@@ -390,6 +390,7 @@ Protocol: 2.00+
390 F Special (0xFF = undefined) 390 F Special (0xFF = undefined)
391 10 Reserved 391 10 Reserved
392 11 Minimal Linux Bootloader <http://sebastian-plotz.blogspot.de> 392 11 Minimal Linux Bootloader <http://sebastian-plotz.blogspot.de>
393 12 OVMF UEFI virtualization stack
393 394
394 Please contact <hpa@zytor.com> if you need a bootloader ID 395 Please contact <hpa@zytor.com> if you need a bootloader ID
395 value assigned. 396 value assigned.
diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/CodingStyle b/Documentation/zh_CN/CodingStyle
index ecd9307a641f..654afd72eb24 100644
--- a/Documentation/zh_CN/CodingStyle
+++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/CodingStyle
@@ -462,13 +462,6 @@ config AUDIT
462 logging of avc messages output). Does not do system-call 462 logging of avc messages output). Does not do system-call
463 auditing without CONFIG_AUDITSYSCALL. 463 auditing without CONFIG_AUDITSYSCALL.
464 464
465仍然被认为不够稳定的功能应该被定义为依赖于“EXPERIMENTAL”:
466
467config SLUB
468 depends on EXPERIMENTAL && !ARCH_USES_SLAB_PAGE_STRUCT
469 bool "SLUB (Unqueued Allocator)"
470 ...
471
472而那些危险的功能(比如某些文件系统的写支持)应该在它们的提示字符串里显著的声明这 465而那些危险的功能(比如某些文件系统的写支持)应该在它们的提示字符串里显著的声明这
473一点: 466一点:
474 467
diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt
index 4263022f5002..2ebe539f5450 100644
--- a/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt
+++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ SLAB_C_MAGIC 0x4f17a36d kmem_cache mm/slab.c
122COW_MAGIC 0x4f4f4f4d cow_header_v1 arch/um/drivers/ubd_user.c 122COW_MAGIC 0x4f4f4f4d cow_header_v1 arch/um/drivers/ubd_user.c
123I810_CARD_MAGIC 0x5072696E i810_card sound/oss/i810_audio.c 123I810_CARD_MAGIC 0x5072696E i810_card sound/oss/i810_audio.c
124TRIDENT_CARD_MAGIC 0x5072696E trident_card sound/oss/trident.c 124TRIDENT_CARD_MAGIC 0x5072696E trident_card sound/oss/trident.c
125ROUTER_MAGIC 0x524d4157 wan_device include/linux/wanrouter.h 125ROUTER_MAGIC 0x524d4157 wan_device [in wanrouter.h pre 3.9]
126SCC_MAGIC 0x52696368 gs_port drivers/char/scc.h 126SCC_MAGIC 0x52696368 gs_port drivers/char/scc.h
127SAVEKMSG_MAGIC1 0x53415645 savekmsg arch/*/amiga/config.c 127SAVEKMSG_MAGIC1 0x53415645 savekmsg arch/*/amiga/config.c
128GDA_MAGIC 0x58464552 gda arch/mips/include/asm/sn/gda.h 128GDA_MAGIC 0x58464552 gda arch/mips/include/asm/sn/gda.h